Exhibit 4.1

WEATHERFORD INTERNATIONAL LTD.,

a Bermuda exempted company,

as Issuer,

WEATHERFORD INTERNATIONAL PLC,

an Irish public limited company,

as Parent Guarantor,

WEATHERFORD INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Subsidiary Guarantor,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

dated as of November 18, 2016

to Indenture

dated as of October 1, 2003

9.875% Senior Notes due 2024

N.A. means Not Applicable

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

ii

iii

iv

THIS ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (herein called this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 18, 2016, is among Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (herein called the “Issuer”), Weatherford International plc, an Irish public limited company (herein called the “Parent Guarantor”), Weatherford International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein called a “Subsidiary Guarantor”), and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

The Issuer and the Guarantors are parties to the Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2003 (herein called the “Original Indenture”), as amended and supplemented by (i) the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2009, (ii) the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2013 and (iii) the Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 17, 2014 (the Original Indenture, as so amended and supplemented, being herein called the “Base Indenture”), which Base Indenture provides for the issuance from time to time of the Issuer’s unsecured senior debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series, and the guarantee by each of the Guarantors of the Securities.

Section 9.1(8) of the Base Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer, Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Base Indenture, without the consent of any Holders of Securities, to establish the form or terms of any Security as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

Pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 3.1 of the Base Indenture, the Issuer desires to execute this Supplemental Indenture to establish the form and terms, and to provide for the issuance, of a series of Securities designated as the 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (herein called the “Initial Notes”), in an aggregate principal amount of $540,000,000.

From time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, the Issuer may, if permitted to do so pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Initial Notes and the terms of its other indebtedness existing on such future date, issue additional Securities of the Initial Notes in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture (herein called the “Additional Notes”), pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture. No issuance of Additional Notes shall be made unless specifically authorized and approved by Board Resolution of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor.

From time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, the Issuer may issue, in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, additional Securities in exchange for an equal principal amount of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes (herein called the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, herein called the “Notes”), pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.

All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and all things necessary have been done to make the guarantees thereof, when the Notes have been executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Guarantors. All things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes of each series as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

APPLICATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

AND CREATION OF THE INITIAL NOTES

Section 101. Application of this Supplemental Indenture.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, including as provided in Section 102 below, are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the Guarantees and shall not apply to any other series of Securities that may be currently outstanding or may be issued hereafter under the Base Indenture. The Notes constitute a series of Securities as provided in Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Base Indenture or any other document.

Section 102. Effect of Supplemental Indenture.

With respect to the Notes (and any Notation of Guarantee endorsed thereon) only, the Base Indenture shall be supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 9.1(8) thereof to establish the form and terms of the Notes (and any Notation of Guarantee endorsed thereon) as set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, including as follows:

2

To the extent that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (including those referred to in clauses (a) through (n) above) conflict with any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling, but solely with respect to the Notes (and any Notation of Guarantee endorsed thereon).

ARTICLE TWO

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 201. Definitions .

For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, in the Exchange Act or in the Securities Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(4) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Supplemental Indenture;

3

(5) unless the context otherwise requires, the word “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, Trust Indenture Act or Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules that come into force from time to time; and

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“ acceleration declaration ” has the meaning specified in Section 602.

“ Acquired Indebtedness ” means (1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business to acquire assets used or useful in its business), other than the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person.

“ Act, ” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 204.

“ Additional Amounts ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Additional Interest ” means the interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer or shelf registration procedures set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.

“ Additional Notes ” has the meaning indicated in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes and will be treated as one series with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes, including for purposes of voting, redemptions and offers to purchase.

“ Additional Restricted Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“ Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 1113.

“ Agent Members ” has the meaning specified in Section 405.

4

“ amend ” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively, and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

“ Applicable Banking Laws ” has the meaning specified in Section 216.

“ Applicable Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Asset Acquisition ” means:

(1) an Investment by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, or shall be merged with or into the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or

(2) the acquisition by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor) or any division or line of business of any such other Person (other than in the ordinary course of business).

“ Attributable Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Sale-Leaseback Transaction as of any particular time, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligations of the lessee under such lease for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease (including any period for which such lease has been extended). For purposes of this definition, “ net rental payments ” under any lease for any period means the sum of the rental payments required to be paid in such period by the lessee thereunder, not including, however, any amounts required to be paid by such lessee (whether or not designated as rental or additional rental) on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments or similar charges required to be paid by such lessee thereunder contingent upon the amount of sales or deliveries, maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments or similar charges.

“ Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

“ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. federal or state of non-U.S. law for relief of creditors.

“ Base Indenture ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person and (ii) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing or, in each case, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee of such body.

“ Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or a Guarantor, the principal financial officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, any other authorized officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, or a person duly authorized by any of them, in each case as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. Where any provision of the Indenture refers to action to be taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, such action may be taken by any committee, officer or employee of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, authorized to take such action by its Board of Directors as evidenced by a Board Resolution.

5

“ Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in the City and State of New York are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

“ Capitalized Lease ” means a lease required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any lease that would have been classified as an operating lease pursuant to GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date shall be deemed not to be a Capitalized Lease.

“ Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding liabilities resulting from a change in GAAP subsequent to the date of the Indenture, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“ Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(2) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtained from S&P or from Moody’s;

(3) investments in certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500.0 million;

(4) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (1) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (3) above;

(5) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5.0 billion; and

(6) in the case of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, other investments that are analogous to the items specified in clauses (1) through (5) above, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary for cash management purposes.

6

“ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, plan or scheme of arrangement, exchange offer, business combination or similar transaction of the Weatherford Parent Company), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Weatherford Parent Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Weatherford Parent Company or one of its Subsidiaries or a Person controlled by the Weatherford Parent Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (b) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, plan or scheme of arrangement, exchange offer, business combination or similar transaction) the result of which is that any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the Weatherford Parent Company (excluding a Redomestication of the Weatherford Parent Company); and (c) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Weatherford Parent Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

“ Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning specified in Section 1107.

“ Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 1107.

“ Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 1107.

“ Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“ Clearstream ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Code ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Common Stock ” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock or common shares whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

“ Comparable Treasury Issue ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Comparable Treasury Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Consolidated Amortization Expense ” for any period means the amortization expense of the relevant Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“ Consolidated Cash Flow ” for any period means, with respect to any specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of:

(1) Consolidated Net Income, plus

(2) in each case only to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income,

(a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense,

(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense,

(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense,

7

(d) Consolidated Interest Expense, and

(e) all other non-cash items reducing the Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge that results in an accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such period, minus

(3) the aggregate amount of all non-cash items, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent such items increased Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any non-cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of a reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Cash Flow in any prior period); and

(4) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, any nonrecurring or unusual gain or income (or nonrecurring or unusual loss or expense), together with any related provision for taxes on any such nonrecurring or unusual gain or income (or the tax effect of any such nonrecurring or unusual loss or expense), realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period, shall be excluded.

“ Consolidated Depreciation Expense ” for any period means the depreciation expense of the relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“ Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” for any period means the provision for taxes of the relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“ Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available (the “ Four-Quarter Period ”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “ Transaction Date ”) to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

(1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment, repurchase or redemption of other Indebtedness or other Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence, repayment, repurchase, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and

(2) any asset sale outside the ordinary course of business or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12 months)) in each case occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the

8

last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence of, or assumption or liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; provided , that such pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor whether or not such pro forma adjustments would be permitted under SEC rules or guidelines.

In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio:

(1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date;

(2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four-Quarter Period; and

(3) notwithstanding clause (1) or (2) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

“ Consolidated Interest Expense ” for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the relevant Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication:

(1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness;

(2) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations related to interest rates;

(3) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses;

(4) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations;

(5) all other non-cash interest expense;

(6) capitalized interest;

(7) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or to the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary);

(8) all interest payable with respect to discontinued operations; and

(9) all interest on any Indebtedness described in clause (6) or (7) of the definition of Indebtedness.

9

“ Consolidated Net Income ” for any period means the net income (or loss) of a specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded in calculating such net income (or loss), to the extent otherwise included therein, without duplication:

(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the specified Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(2) except to the extent includible in the net income (or loss) of the specified Person pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any other Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person or is merged into or consolidated with the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) the assets of such other Person are acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends has been legally waived;

(4) gains or losses attributable to discontinued operations;

(5) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the specified Person or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP;

(7) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations;

(8) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles or policies;

(9) extraordinary gains and losses and the related tax effect;

(10) non-cash charges or expenses with respect to the grant of stock options, restricted stock or other equity compensation awards; and

(11) goodwill write-downs or other non-cash impairments of assets.

“ Consolidated Net Worth ” means, at any date of determination, the amount of total shareholders’ equity shown in the most recent consolidated statement of financial position of the Parent Guarantor.

“ Consolidated Tangible Assets ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the amount which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in

10

accordance with GAAP, less, to the extent included in a determination of “Total Assets,” and without duplication, all goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP.

“ Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Weatherford Parent Company who (a) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of the Notes or (b) was nominated for election or appointed or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, appointment or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Weatherford Parent Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to the Notes shall be administered, which office on the date hereof is located at 60 Wall Street, MS NYC60-1630, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporates Team – Weatherford International, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

“ corporation ” includes corporations, companies, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, joint-stock companies and trusts.

“ Covenant Defeasance ” has the meaning specified in Section 1403.

“ Coverage Ratio Exception ” has the meaning set forth in the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 1108.

“ Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 4, 2016, among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, the other Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and swingline lender, and the several lenders and other agents party thereto, including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder), and in each case as such agreement or facility may be amended (including any amendment or restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement made in the commercial bank market exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.

“ Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities or indentures (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement) providing for revolving credit loans, swingline loans, term loans, overdraft loans, debt securities, term loans, receivables financing or letters of credit and, in each case, as such agreements may be amended, refinanced, restated, refunded or otherwise restructured, in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) with respect to all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders or institutional lenders or investors.

11

“ Customary Recourse Exceptions ” means, with respect to any Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such Non-Recourse Debt for the voluntary bankruptcy of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, fraud, misapplication of cash, environmental claims, waste, willful destruction and other circumstances customarily excluded by lenders from exculpation provisions or included in separate indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings.

“ Debt ” means any obligation created or assumed by any Person for the repayment of money borrowed and any Purchase Money Indebtedness created or assumed by such Person and any guarantee of the foregoing.

“ Default ” means any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.

“ Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 407.

“ Definitive Notes ” means certificated Notes that are not required to bear the legend set forth in the first paragraph of Section 302.

“ Depositary ” means, with respect to Notes issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or any other clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as successor Depositary for such Notes.

“ Designation ” has the meaning given to this term in Section 1106.

“ Designation Amount ” has the meaning given to this term in Section 1106.

“ Disqualified Equity Interests ” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable (in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided , however , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided , further , however , that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change of control occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change of control provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions of Section 1107, and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions of Section 1107.

12

“ Dollars ,” “ U.S. dollars ” or “ $ ” shall mean the coin or currency of the United States of America, which at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

“ DTC ” has the meaning specified in the definition of Depositary.

“ Equity Interests ” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including Common Stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability company interests, trust units and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interests, regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests.

“ Euroclear ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 601.

“ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“ Exchange Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Exchange Notes ” has the meaning indicated in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Expiration Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 204.

“ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction as such price is determined in good faith by management of the Parent Guarantor.

“ Foreign Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, other than a Guarantor.

“ Funding Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in Section 1505.

“ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect from time to time.

“ Global Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ guarantee ” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings.

“ Guarantee ” means, individually, any guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such guarantees.

13

“ Guarantors ” means the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor, until such Person is released from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“ Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under option, swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements intended to manage exposure to interest rates or currency exchange rates or commodity prices (including, without limitation, for purposes of this definition, rates for electrical power used in the ordinary course of business), either generally or under specific contingencies.

“ Holder ” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

“ IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“ incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor shall be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

“ Indebtedness ” of any Person at any date means, without duplication:

(1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof);

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, bankers’ acceptances, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all non-contingent reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty and similar credit transactions;

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except deferred compensation, trade payables and other obligations and accrued expenses incurred by such Person in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services and not overdue by more than 180 days unless subject to a bona fide dispute;

(5) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock;

(6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person to the extent such obligations would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

14

(8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of such Person or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by such Person or its Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person to the extent such obligations would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date shall be deemed to have been incurred at the accreted value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (5), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture.

The term “Indebtedness” excludes any repayment or reimbursement obligation of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to Customary Recourse Exceptions, unless and until an event or circumstance occurs that triggers the Person’s or such Subsidiary’s direct repayment or reimbursement obligation (as opposed to contingent or performance obligations) to the lender or other Person to whom such obligation is actually owed, in which case the amount of such direct payment or reimbursement obligation shall constitute Indebtedness.

“ Indenture ” means the Base Indenture as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and by any supplemental indenture thereto in respect of the Notes that may be executed and delivered by the parties thereto from time to time after the Issue Date.

“ Indenture Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 1501.

“ Independent Director ” means a director of the Parent Guarantor who is independent with respect to the transaction at issue.

“ Independent Investment Banker ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Initial Notes ” has the meaning indicated in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” has the meaning specified in Section 707.

“ Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Institutional Accredit Investor Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ interest ” with respect to the Notes includes Additional Interest, if any.

15

“ Interest Payment Date, ” when used with respect to any Note, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Note.

“ Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“ Investment Grade Rating ” means, with respect to the Notes, a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent under any successor ratings categories of Moody’s) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent under any successor ratings categories by S&P) by S&P.

“ Investments ” of any Person means:

(1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person;

(2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase that constitutes a Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof);

(3) all other items that would be classified as investments in another Person on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of an Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with Section 1106. If the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Parent Guarantor shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor shall be deemed not to be Investments.

“ Issue Date ” means the first date on which the Notes are issued under the Indenture.

“ Issuer ” means the Person named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person.

“ Issuer Request ” or “ Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

“ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 217.

“ Legal Defeasance ” has the meaning specified in Section 1402.

16

“ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, charge, lien or other encumbrance of any kind, whether or not filed, recorded or perfected under applicable law; provided that “Lien” shall not include or cover setoff rights and other standard arrangements for netting payment obligations in the settlement of obligations arising under (i) ISDA standard documents or agreements otherwise customary in swap or hedging transactions, (ii) deposit, securities and commodity accounts and (iii) banking services (credit cards for commercial customers (including commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), stored value cards, merchant processing services and treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, any direct debit scheme or arrangement, overdrafts and interstate depository network services)).

“ Make-Whole Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“ Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(1) as to which neither the Parent Guarantor nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), except for Customary Recourse Exceptions, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on the other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

“ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

“ Notation of Guarantee ” has the meaning specified in Section 1502.

“ Notes ” has the meaning indicated in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture and includes both the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes.

“ Obligation ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“ Offering Memorandum ” means the Issuer’s final offering memorandum dated November 15, 2016 respecting the offering of the Initial Notes.

“ Officer ” means any of the following of the Issuer or any Guarantor: the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, or any other duly authorized officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, or (save in the case of the Parent Guarantor) any other person duly authorized by any such person.

“ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as appropriate, and delivered to the Trustee.

17

“ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Issuer, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, but in the case of New York or U.S. federal law, will be reputable outside counsel, and in each case, who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

“ Original Indenture ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Outstanding, ” when used with respect to the Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture, except:

(1) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(2) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(3) Notes as to which Legal Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 1402; and

(4) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 406 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act hereunder as of any date, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee certifies to the Trustee that the pledgee has the right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

“ Par Call Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Parent Guarantor ” means the Person named as the “Parent Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Parent Guarantor” shall mean such successor Person.

“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor that is not Subordinated Indebtedness.

“ Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

18

“ Permitted Business ” means the businesses engaged in by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and businesses that are reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of Parent Guarantor.

“ Permitted Business Investment ” means Investments made in the course of conducting a Permitted Business, whether through agreements, transactions, joint ventures, expenditures or other arrangements that permit one to share risks or costs of such activities or comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership, including, without limitation, direct or indirect ownership interests in all types of drilling, transportation and oilfield services assets, property and equipment.

“ Permitted Factoring Transactions ” means receivables purchase facilities and factoring transactions in existence on the Issue Date or entered into by Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Receivables originated by Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, which may contain Standard Securitization Undertakings.

“ Permitted Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of Section 1108.

“ Permitted Investment ” means:

(1) Investments by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Person that will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment held by any such Person at such time that was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) Investments in the Parent Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(4) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation;

(5) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(6) receivables owing to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or received in compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with such parties;

(8) Investments evidencing the right to receive a deferred purchase price or other consideration for the disposition of Receivables and Receivables Related Security in connection with any Permitted Factoring Transaction;

19

(9) guarantees of performance or similar obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course of business;

(10) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(11) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

(12) Permitted Business Investments;

(13) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted in accordance with Section 1108;

(14) repurchases of, or other Investments in, the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness;

(15) advances or extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services, the leasing of equipment or the licensing of property in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent Guarantor or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(16) Investments made pursuant to commitments in effect on the Issue Date;

(17) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent Guarantor; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under the Restricted Payments Basket;

(18) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(19) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) that, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) since the Issue Date and then outstanding, do not exceed the greater of (i) $125.0 million or (ii) 1.0% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets;

(20) Investments in or payments to SpinCo or its Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Spin Transaction and the transactions relating thereto, including the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto;

(21) performance guarantees of any trade or non-financial operating contract (other than such contract that itself constitutes Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business.

In determining whether any Investment is a Permitted Investment, the Parent Guarantor may allocate or reallocate all or any portion of an Investment among the clauses of this definition and any of the provisions of Section 1109.

20

“ Permitted Liens ” means the following types of Liens: (i) any governmental Lien, mechanics’, materialmen’s, carriers’ or similar Lien incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not overdue for more than 60 days or which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and any undetermined Lien which is incidental to construction; (ii) the right reserved to, or vested in, any municipality or public authority by the terms of any right, power, franchise, grant, license, permit or by any provision of law, to purchase or recapture or to designate a purchaser of, any property, (iii) Liens of taxes and assessments which are (A) for the then current year, (B) not at the time delinquent, or (C) delinquent but the validity of which is being contested at the time by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in good faith; (iv) Liens of, or to secure performance of, leases; (v) any Lien upon, or deposits of, any assets in favor of any surety company or clerk of court for the purpose of obtaining indemnity or stay of judicial proceedings; (vi) any Lien upon property or assets acquired or sold by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary resulting from the exercise of any rights arising out of defaults or receivables; (vii) any Lien incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, temporary disability, social security, retiree health or similar laws or regulations or to secure obligations imposed by statute or governmental regulations; (viii) any Lien incurred to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money but inclusive of Liens solely on cash and Cash Equivalents not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million or (b) 1.0% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time securing letters of credit or letter of credit facilities supporting such obligations); (ix) any Lien upon any property or assets in accordance with customary banking practice to secure any Debt incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in connection with the exporting of goods to, or between, or the marketing of goods in, or the importing of goods from, foreign countries; (x) any Lien upon property or assets in accordance with non-contingent reimbursement obligations of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty and similar credit transactions; (xi) precautionary Liens on Receivables and Receivables Related Security arising in connection with Permitted Factoring Transactions; or (xii) any Lien in favor of the United States or any State thereof, or any other country, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to secure partial, progress, advance, or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute, or any Lien securing industrial development, pollution control, or similar revenue bonds.

“ Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, other legal entity of any kind, unincorporated organization or government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

“ Place of Payment ” means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes are payable as specified in Section 1102.

“ Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 406 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

“ Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or preference stock or shares or other Equity Interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

“ Prior Issue Date ” means June 17, 2016.

“ Process Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 212.

21

“ Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of design, installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost.

“ QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

“ Qualified Equity Interests ” of any Person means Equity Interests of such Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan). Unless otherwise specified, Qualified Equity Interests refer to Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor.

“ Qualified Spin Transaction ” means the distribution, through one or more dividends by the Weatherford Parent Company, of all or a portion of the Voting Stock of a Subsidiary (“ SpinCo ”) which, directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries, holds all or substantially all of the Parent Guarantor’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ land drilling rig business, properties and related assets.

“ Rating Agencies ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if either of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Weatherford Parent Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Weatherford Parent Company (as certified by a resolution of the Weatherford Parent Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“ Rating Event ” means the rating of the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by either of the Rating Agencies).

“ Receivables ” means any right to payment of Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the rendition of services rendered no matter how evidenced and whether or not earned by performance (and whether constituting accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper or otherwise).

“ Receivables Related Security ” means all contracts, contract rights, guarantees and other obligations related to Receivables, all proceeds and collections of Receivables and all other assets and security of a type that are customarily sold or transferred in connection with receivables purchase facilities and factoring transactions of a type that could constitute Permitted Factoring Transactions.

“ Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables to repurchase Receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a Receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

22

“ Redemption Date, ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to the Indenture.

“ Redemption Price, ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to the Indenture.

“ Redesignation ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1106.

“ Redomestication ” means:

(a) any amalgamation, merger, plan or scheme of arrangement, exchange offer, business combination, reincorporation, reorganization, consolidation or similar action of the Weatherford Parent Company with or into any other person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), or of any other person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) with or into the Weatherford Parent Company, or the sale, distribution or other disposition (other than by lease) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Weatherford Parent Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act),

(b) any continuation, discontinuation, domestication, redomestication, amalgamation, merger, plan or scheme of arrangement, exchange offer, business combination, reincorporation, reorganization, conversion, consolidation or similar action with respect to the Weatherford Parent Company pursuant to the law of the jurisdiction of its organization and of any other jurisdiction, or

(c) the formation of a Person that becomes, as part of the transaction or series of related transactions, the direct or indirect owner of substantially all of the voting shares of the Weatherford Parent Company (the “ New Parent ”),

if as a result thereof

(x) in the case of any action specified in clause (a), the entity that is the surviving, resulting or continuing Person in such amalgamation, merger, plan or scheme of arrangement, exchange offer, business combination, reincorporation, reorganization, consolidation or similar action, or the transferee in such sale, distribution or other disposition,

(y) in the case of any action specified in clause (b), the entity that constituted the Weatherford Parent Company immediately prior thereto (but disregarding for this purpose any change in its jurisdiction of organization), or

(z) in the case of any action specified in clause (c), the New Parent

(in any such case, the “ Surviving Person ”) is a corporation or other entity, validly incorporated or formed and existing in good standing (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable) under the laws of any jurisdiction, whose voting shares of each class of capital stock issued and outstanding immediately following such action, and giving effect thereto, shall be beneficially owned by substantially the same Persons, in substantially the same percentages, as was such capital stock or shares of the entity constituting the Weatherford Parent Company immediately prior thereto and, if the Surviving Person is the New Parent, the Surviving Person continues to be owned, directly or indirectly, by substantially all of the Persons who were shareholders of the Weatherford Parent Company immediately prior to such transaction.

23

“ Reference Treasury Dealer ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ refinance ” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund.

“ Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to refinance, in whole or in part, any Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing Indebtedness (including undrawn or available committed amounts) does not exceed the principal amount of the Refinanced Indebtedness (including undrawn or available committed amounts) plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any premium paid to the holders of the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness;

(2) the obligor of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) that is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness, unless the inclusion of such obligor on the Refinancing Indebtedness would not require it to guarantee the Notes under Section 1114;

(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(4) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity either (a) no earlier than the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended or (b) no earlier than 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; and

(5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes.

“ Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the initial purchaser party thereto and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as any such agreement may be amended from time to time.

“ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Notes means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 401.

“ Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

“ Regulation S Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Regulation S Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

24

“ Related Taxes ” means, without duplication:

(1) any taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes (other than (x) taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Successor Parent), required to be paid ( provided such taxes are in fact paid) by any Successor Parent by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Equity Interests outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other Equity Interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries);

(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries;

(c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Equity Interests of, directly or indirectly, the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries; or

(d) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to any Successor Parent pursuant to Section 1109; and

(2) if and for so long as the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries is a member of a group filing a consolidated, unitary or combined tax return with any Successor Parent, any taxes measured by income for which such Successor Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such taxes the amount of any such taxes that Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

“ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Remaining Life ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Required Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 217.

“ Resale Restriction Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 411.

“ Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, associate, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.

“ Restricted Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

25

“ Restricted Notes Legend ” has the meaning specified in Section 302.

“ Restricted Payment ” means any of the following:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Parent Guarantor or to a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis);

(2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Parent Guarantor);

(3) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or

(4) any principal payment on, purchase, redemption, defeasance, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or retirement for value prior to any scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than any such payment made within one year of any such scheduled maturity or scheduled repayment or sinking fund payment and other than any Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”).

“ Restricted Payments Basket ” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of Section 1109.

“ Restricted Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 144A Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ Rule 144A Notes ” has the meaning specified in Section 303.

“ S&P ” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

26

“ Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary, for a period of more than three years, of any real or personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Supplemental Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture.

“ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“ Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

“ Security Register ” and “ Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 405.

“ Significant Subsidiary ” means the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation was in effect on the Issue Date.

“ Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 407.

“ Specified Cash Management Agreements ” means any agreement providing for treasury, depositary, purchasing card or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar transactions between the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and any lender.

“ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof which Parent Guarantor has determined in good faith to be customary in a receivables financing, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, respectively.

“ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person; and

(2) any partnership or similar business organization more than 50.0% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned.

27

Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Weatherford\Al-Rushaid Limited, Weatherford Saudi Arabia Limited or Al-Shaheen Weatherford shall be considered a “Subsidiary” for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means the Person named as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture and any other Restricted Subsidiary that after the Issue Date becomes a party to the Indenture for purposes of providing a Guarantee with respect to the Notes, in each case, until such Person is released from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“ Successor Parent ” means any Person which legally and beneficially owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock and/or Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

“ Successor Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 901.

“ Supplemental Indenture ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Supplemental Indenture.

“ Swiss Financial Institution ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Term Loan Agreement ” means the Term Loan Agreement dated as of May 4, 2016, among the Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several lenders from time to time party thereto, including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder), and in each case as such agreement or facility may be amended (including any amendment or restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement made in the commercial bank market exchanging, extending the maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.

“ Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 1101.

“ Treasury Yield ” has the meaning specified in Section 1203.

“ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this Supplemental Indenture was executed; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“ Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee under the Indenture, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” shall mean the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

“ United States ” or “ U.S. ” means the United States of America.

28

“ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor in accordance with Section 1106 and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding, if at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in Section 1106, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture.

“ U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, each of which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“ Voting Stock ” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant Equity Interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“ Weatherford Parent Company ” means initially the Parent Guarantor or, if a Redomestication has occurred subsequent to the Issue Date and prior to the event in question or the date of determination, the Surviving Person resulting from such prior Redomestication.

“ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at Stated Maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) are owned by the Parent Guarantor or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

Section 202. Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

Upon any application or request by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under any provision of the Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, if to be given by the Issuer or a Guarantor, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture shall include,

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

29

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 203. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such persons as to other matters, and any such person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Issuer or a Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under the Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 204. Acts of Holders; Record Dates .

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by the Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of the Notes may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed (either physically or by means of a facsimile or an electronic transmission, provided that such electronic transmission is transmitted through the facilities of a Depositary) by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer or the Guarantors. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of the Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer and, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority.

30

The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of commencement of such Person’s holding of same, shall be proved by the Security Register.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of Notes and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer or, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

The Issuer may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act provided or permitted by the Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Issuer from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 206.

The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 612. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 206.

With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to each other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 206, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto which

31

set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to the Notes may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

Section 205. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Guarantors .

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by the Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer or by any Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

(2) the Issuer or a Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, addressed to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, in c/o Weatherford International, LLC, at 2000 St. James Place, Houston, Texas 77056, Attention: Corporate Secretary, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer or the Guarantors.

Section 206. Notice to Holders; Waiver .

Where the Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid (or sent electronically in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary in cases where the Holder is the Depositary or its nominee) to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. If notice is mailed to Holders in the manner provided in this Section 206, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

32

Section 207. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act .

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act which is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern the Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of the Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 208. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 209. Successors and Assigns .

All covenants and agreements in the Indenture by the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 210. Separability Clause .

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforce ability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 211. Benefits of Indenture .

Nothing in the Indenture or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Trustee, in each of its representative capacities hereunder, including as Registrar and Paying Agent, shall have all the rights, benefits, protections and immunities afforded by the Indenture to the Trustee in its capacity as such.

Section 212. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .

The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York, New York in any suit, action or proceeding based on or arising out of or relating to the Indenture or the Notes and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding and may be enforced in the courts of Bermuda (or any other courts of any other jurisdiction to which either of them is subject) by a suit upon such judgment, provided that service of process is effected upon the Issuer. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates and appoints CT Corporation Systems, New York, New York (the “Process Agent”) as its authorized agent for purposes of this Section 212, it being understood that the designation and appointment of the Process Agent as such authorized agent shall become effective immediately without any further action on the part of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees that, unless otherwise required by law, service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of said service to the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, mailed by prepaid registered first class mail or delivered to the Process Agent at its principal office, shall be deemed in every respect

33

effective service of process upon the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, in any such suit or proceeding. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary, to continue such designation and appointment of the Process Agent in full force and effect so long as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, has any outstanding obligations under this Indenture. To the extent the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, executor or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each of the Issuer and such Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture to the extent permitted by law.

Section 213. Legal Holidays .

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, purchase date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or of the Notes), payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or purchase date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no additional interest will accrue solely as a result of such delayed payment.

Section 214. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any Indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such Indebtedness, obligations or liabilities or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

Section 215. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

The Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret the Indenture.

Section 216. U.S.A. PATRIOT Act .

In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act (“Applicable Banking Laws”), the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees to provide to the Trustee, upon its request from time to time, such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such parties in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Banking Laws.

Section 217. Payment in Required Currency; Judgment Currency .

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in Dollars in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes

34

(the “Required Currency”) into another currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in New York, New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final non-appealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a Business Day, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in New York, New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which final non-appealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subclause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.

Section 218. Language of Notices, Etc.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act required or permitted under the Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

Section 219. Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

ARTICLE THREE

NOTE FORMS

Section 301. Forms Generally .

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the respective forms set forth in Annex A hereto, and the notations of Guarantee shall be in substantially the form set forth in Annex B hereto. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by the Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or Depositary therefor or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Officers executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution thereof.

The Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

35

As provided in Section 303, the Initial Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, which shall be deposited with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian for the Depositary.

Section 302. Legends for Notes .

Every Global Note authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A NOTE REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement, (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note under an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement, or (iii) as otherwise provided in Section 411, such Note shall bear the following legend (the “Restricted Notes Legend”) on the face thereof:

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [ IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES : ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE)][ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES : 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL

36

ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE PARENT GUARANTOR OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION, AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES : BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME NOTE ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

37

Section 303. Global Notes .

The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated November 15, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Annex A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 302 (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided and deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Annex A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 302 (the “Regulation S Global Note”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided and deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct) at Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator of the Euroclear system (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear and Clearstream, and may only be transferred to Non-U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in another Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein.

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note after the Restricted Period through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, as hereinafter provided.

38

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Annex A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 302 (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided and deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, as hereinafter provided.

Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes shall be issued in the form of a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Annex A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 302 (the “Exchange Global Note”), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided and deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as Securities Custodian. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”

ARTICLE FOUR

THE NOTES

Section 401. Title and Terms .

The Notes shall be entitled the “9.875% Senior Notes due 2024.” The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver on the Issue Date $540,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes, upon delivery of an Issuer Order. The Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes thereafter from time to time for original issue in unlimited aggregate principal amount upon receipt of an Issuer Order (subject to compliance with Section 1108). The Trustee shall also authenticate Exchange Notes thereafter from time to time for original issue in exchange for an equal principal amount of Initial Notes or Additional Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order. Any such Issuer Order shall also specify the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, and, in relation to any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes, it shall also specify the principal amount thereof to be issued and, in relation to any Additional Notes, it shall certify that such issuance is not prohibited by Section 1108.

The Notes will mature on February 15, 2024. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 9.875% per annum, and will be payable semiannually in cash on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2017 in the case of the Initial Notes, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 and August 1 immediately preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the date of issuance to but excluding the actual Interest Payment Date.

The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Twelve and subject to Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen. The Notes shall have such other terms as are indicated in Annex A.

39

Section 402. Denominations .

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 403. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one of its Officers. If its corporate seal is reproduced thereon, it shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

If the Issuer elects to reproduce its corporate seal on the Notes, then such seal may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding the fact that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and as provided in Section 401, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with the Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for in Annex A, signed manually in the name of the Trustee by an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 409, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 404. Temporary Securities .

Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes in either global or certificated form, as appropriate, to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Notes, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as definitive Notes.

40

Section 405. Registrar, Global Notes and Definitive Notes .

The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided.

Book-Entry Provisions . The provisions of clauses (1) through (6) below shall apply only to Global Notes:

(1) Each Global Note authenticated under the Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated for such Global Note or a nominee thereof, delivered to the Trustee, as Securities Custodian, and bear appropriate legends as set forth in Section 302. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except as set forth in this Section 405. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(2) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the Securities Custodian, and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Article Four to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

41

(4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to this this Article Four, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

Definitive Notes . The provision of clauses (i) – (iv) below shall apply only to Definitive Notes.

(i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as Depositary, and in each case a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice, (B) subject to DTC’s rules, the Issuer, at its option, delivers to the Trustee and Registrar written notice stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and DTC notifies the Issuer and the Trustee of DTC’s decision to exchange such Global Note for Definitive Notes. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the immediately preceding sentence, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures).

(ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Article Four shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 302 or 411, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(iii) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

42

(iv) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

Section 406. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 407. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

43

(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 206, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Notes in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under the Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 408. Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 407) any interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (except as required by applicable tax laws), whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee nor any of their respective agents shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests of a Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

44

Section 409. Cancellation .

All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, purchase, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by the Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard provisions or as directed by an Issuer Order.

Section 410. Computation of Interest .

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 411. Transfer and Exchange .

General Provisions . A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 411. The Trustee shall promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 411 by noting the same in the Security Register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange shall be effective until it is registered in such register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 411 and Section 303, as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.

Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the date of its original issue, the original issue date of any Additional Notes and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”):

(i) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC;

(ii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex C hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it; and

45

(iii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex C hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

Transfers of Regulations S Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex C hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

(iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex D hereto from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification or other information satisfactory to the Issuer.

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Annex C hereto or Annex D hereto or any additional certification.

Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (i) Initial Notes or Additional Restricted Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (ii) an Initial Note or Additional Restricted Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

46

Retention of Written Communications . The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 411. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article Three, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any Transfer Tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such Transfer Taxes or similar governmental charges payable upon an exchange pursuant to Section 404, 1006, 1107, 1112 or 1208 not involving any transfer).

(iii) The Issuer (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period (1) of 15 days before giving any notice of redemption of Notes or (2) beginning 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) selected for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving any payment on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

No Obligation of the Trustee . The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, Agent Member or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in so relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its Agent Members and any beneficial owners. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

47

Affiliate Holders . By accepting a beneficial interest in a Global Note, any Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer agrees to give notice to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Registrar of the acquisition and its Affiliate status.

ARTICLE FIVE

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 501. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

The Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, when

(1) either

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 406 and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1103) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, or

(iii) have been called for redemption pursuant to the provisions of Article Twelve,

and the Issuer or any Guarantor in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) of subclause (b), has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and accrued interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Issuer;

(3) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited funds towards the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

48

(4) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent in the Indenture to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Holders under Sections 405 and 406, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 707, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 714 and, if cash or U.S. Government Obligations shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 502 and the last paragraph of Section 1103 shall survive so long as any Notes are Outstanding.

Section 502. Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1103, all cash and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 501 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Subsidiary acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest for whose payment such cash and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) have been deposited with the Trustee.

ARTICLE SIX

REMEDIES

Section 601. Events of Default .

An “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) failure to pay interest on any of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days;

(2) failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, required purchase, acceleration or otherwise;

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantors to comply with any of their respective agreements or covenants under Article Nine or failure by the Issuer to comply in respect of its obligations to make a Change of Control Offer under Section 1107;

(4) (a) except with respect to the covenant contained in Section 804 or as described in clause (3) above, failure by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 days after notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, or (b) failure by the Parent Guarantor for 180 days after notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding to comply with the covenant contained in Section 804;

49

(5) default by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced Indebtedness for borrowed money by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay at its Stated Maturity principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period and any extensions thereof, or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration),

and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event described in clause (a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $100.0 million or more;

(6) one or more judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $100.0 million shall be rendered against the Parent Guarantor, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

(7) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Parent Guarantor a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, under any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or of any substantial part of its or their property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its or their affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(8) (i) the commencement by the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or (ii) the consent by it or them to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any

50

applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it or them, or (iii) the filing by it or them of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or (iv) the consent by it or them to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the last audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its or their property, or (v) the making by it or them of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it or them in writing of its or their inability to pay its or their debts generally as they become due, or (vi) the taking of corporate action by the Parent Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; or

(9) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under the Guarantee of such Guarantor (other than by reason of release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee).

Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(7) or 601(8) with respect to the Parent Guarantor) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare (an “acceleration declaration”) all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable, and upon any such declaration the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 601(7) or 601(8) occurs with respect to the Parent Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable, without any further action or notice to the extent permitted by law.

At any time after such an acceleration declaration occurs, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such acceleration declaration and its consequences if

(a) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(b) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue interest on all the Notes,

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any such Notes which have become due otherwise than by such acceleration declaration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Notes,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate prescribed therefor in the Notes, and

51

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(c) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such acceleration declaration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 613.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 603. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid or enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or the Indenture, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes (and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable).

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor upon the Notes, or the property or creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707.

No provision of the Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided , however , that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes .

All rights of action and claims under the Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

52

Section 606. Application of Money Collected .

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: The remainder, if any, shall be paid to the Guarantors or the Issuer, as applicable, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Section 607. Limitation on Suits .

A Holder of Notes may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(2) the Holder or Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use the Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use by a Holder prejudices the rights of any other Holders or obtains a preference or priority over such other Holders).

Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

Notwithstanding any other provision in the Indenture, the Holder of any Notes shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 407) interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity expressed in such Notes (or, in the case of redemption or offer by the Issuer to purchase the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, on the Redemption Date or purchase date, as applicable), and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, which right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

53

Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 406, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 612. Control by Holders .

Subject to Section 703(5), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

(1) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any rule of law or with the Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from such Holders of Notes.

Section 613. Waiver of Existing Defaults .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default

54

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on the Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased by the Issuer pursuant to an offer to purchase by the Issuer made pursuant to the terms of the Indenture), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Ten cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver with respect to an existing default, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 614. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Issuer.

Section 615. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws .

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture; and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE SEVEN

THE TRUSTEE

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no implied covenants shall be read into the Indenture against the Trustee, and no provision of the Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

Section 702. Notice of Defaults .

If a default occurs hereunder which is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders of the Notes notice of such default as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act; provided , however , that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 601(4) or 601(5), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any Event of Default and any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

55

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee from the Issuer or a Holder at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references such Notes and the Indenture.

Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee .

Subject to the provisions of Section 701:

(1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order, and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(3) whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate;

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney;

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

56

(8) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes authorized or within its rights;

(9) The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility);

(10) The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order, judgment, certification, demand, notice, instrument or other writing delivered to it hereunder without being required to determine the authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity or the service thereof. The Trustee may act in conclusive reliance upon any instrument or signature believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any person purporting to give receipt or advice to make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so; and

(11) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether such Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes .

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture or of the Notes. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 705. May Hold Notes .

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 708 and 713, may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

Section 706. Money Held in Trust .

Money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuer.

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement .

The Issuer agrees:

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

57

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of the Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 601 of the Indenture, such expenses and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means, with respect to any Person, (a) an insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to such Person or its creditors, as such, or its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding-up proceeding of such Person, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities of such Person.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 707 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 707, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 708. Conflicting Interests .

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or, except as otherwise provided in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the Indenture. To the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under the Base Indenture with respect to Securities of more than one series.

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. Each Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such, and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

58

Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711.

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (voting as a single class), delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.

If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months;

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Holder; or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer by a resolution duly passed by its Board of Directors may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Notes, the Issuer, by a resolution duly passed by its Board of Directors, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (voting as a single class) delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders of Notes in the manner provided in Section 206. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

59

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the first or second preceding paragraph, as the case may be.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer or any such other obligor.

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 406, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Supplemental Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a

60

combined capital and surplus of not less than $50.0 million and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give notice of such appointment in the manner provided in Section 206 to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 707.

If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

61

ARTICLE EIGHT

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

Section 801. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders .

The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(1) semi-annually, not later than each Interest Payment Date in each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as of the preceding Regular Record Date, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar.

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 803. Reports by Trustee .

The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under the Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Issuer. The Issuer will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange

Section 804. Reports by Issuer .

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Parent Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system) within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Parent Guarantor were required to file such reports; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Parent Guarantor were required to file such reports.

62

(b) If the Parent Guarantor has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, individually or taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries excluding the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding and constitute ‘‘restricted securities’’ under Rule 144, the Parent Guarantor will furnish to the holders of the Notes, and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(d) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section 804 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein.

ARTICLE NINE

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 901. Issuer and Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall consolidate or amalgamate with, or merge into, any other Person, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any Person unless:

(1) the Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases the properties and assets of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, as, or substantially as, an entirety shall be a corporation (the “Successor Person”) and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, (a) in the case of a Successor Person to the Issuer, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement then in effect on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed or (b) in the case of a Successor Person to such Guarantor, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee of such Guarantor and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture and any Registration Rights Agreement then in effect on the part of such Guarantor to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

63

However, clause (1) of this Section 901 shall not apply in circumstances under which Section 1504 provides for the release of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

Section 902. Successor Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, with or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, as, or substantially as, an entirety in accordance with Section 901, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named therein as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be, and may liquidated and dissolve.

ARTICLE TEN

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 1001. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto in order to amend or supplement the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or other transaction in compliance with Article Nine;

(4) to add any Guarantor or to acknowledge the release of any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee and the other provisions of the Indenture (to the extent in accordance with the Indenture);

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(6) to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(7) to secure the Notes or any Guarantees or any other obligation under the Indenture;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee;

(9) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” was intended to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes; or

(10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

64

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 1001 may be executed by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 1002.

Section 1002. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders .

With the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes affected thereby (voting as a separate class), including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantees or, subject to Section 613, waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture (which may include consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, no such amendment, supplement or waiver may (with respect to any Note held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any Note;

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce any premium payable upon redemption of the Notes or change the date on which any Notes are subject to redemption (other than the notice provisions) or waive any payment with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided , however , that solely for the avoidance of doubt, and without any other implication, any purchase or repurchase of Notes (including pursuant to Section 1107) shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes;

(4) make any Note payable in money or currency other than that stated in the Notes;

(5) modify or change any provision of the Indenture or the related definitions to affect the ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders;

(6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver to the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes;

(7) waive a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders thereof as provided in the Indenture and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(8) impair the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on the Notes;

(9) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the Indenture; or

(10) make any change in these amendment, supplement and waiver provisions.

65

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 1002 becomes effective, the Issuer shall send to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. However, the failure to give such notice to all such Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.

Section 1003. Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by the Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture or otherwise.

Section 1004. Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, the Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

Section 1005. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 1006. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures .

Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if so required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and such new Notes may be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

COVENANTS

Section 1101. Payment of Principal, Premium, Interest and Additional Amounts .

The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes, including any Additional Interest plus any Additional Amounts, in accordance with the terms of the Notes, the Indenture and any applicable Registration Rights Agreement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if a Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

66

The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the interest rate specified in the Notes to the extent lawful; and it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amounts and payment dates of any Additional Interest that may become payable under any Registration Rights Agreement. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine any Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of Additional Interest.

All payments and deliveries made by or on behalf of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or any successor to any of them, under or with respect to the Notes, including, but not limited to payments of principal and interest and any payments under the Guarantees, will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, imposts, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied (including any penalties and interest related thereto) (“Applicable Taxes”) by or within (1) Ireland (meaning Ireland exclusive of Northern Ireland) or Bermuda (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), (2) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer, a Guarantor or any of their respective successors is, for tax purposes, incorporated, organized or resident, or, as a result of activities carried on by the Issuer, a Guarantor or any successor has otherwise created a taxable presence (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) or (3) any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from or through which payment on the Notes or under the Guarantees is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or a Guarantor (including the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent) (each jurisdiction described in (1), (2) or (3), as applicable, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless such withholding or deduction is required by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. In the event that any such withholding or deduction is so required, the Issuer or the Guarantor, as appropriate, will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by the beneficial owners of the Notes after such withholding or deduction (and after deducting any Applicable Taxes on the Additional Amounts) will equal the amounts that would have been received by such holder had no such withholding or deduction been required; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable:

(1) for or on account of:

(a) any Applicable Taxes that would not have been imposed but for:

(i) the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or beneficial owner of such Note and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than merely acquiring or holding such Note or the receipt of payments or the exercise or enforcement of rights under the Notes or the Guarantees) including, without limitation, such Holder or beneficial owner being or having been a national, domiciliary or resident of, or incorporated in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or treated as a resident thereof or being or having been physically present or engaged in a trade or business therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein;

67

(ii) the presentation of such Note (in cases in which presentation is required) more than 30 days after the later of the date on which the payment on such Note became due and payable pursuant to the terms thereof or was made or duly provided for (except to the extent that the Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period); or

(iii) the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner to provide a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim or certification concerning nationality, residency or identity or other similar form for exemption or to present any applicable form or certificate that is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice, in each case, within a reasonable period of time following a reasonable written request from us; provided that the Holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such declaration, claim form or certificate and that upon the making of such declaration or claim or presentation of such form or certificate, the Holder or beneficial owner would have been able to avoid such deduction or withholding;

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar Applicable Taxes;

(c) any Applicable Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from payments under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees;

(d) any taxes payable by or on behalf of a Holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the Notes or request for payment under the Guarantees to another Paying Agent designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture; and

(e) any combination of Applicable Taxes referred to in the preceding clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d);

(2) if the Holder is a fiduciary, partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of that payment, to the extent that the relevant payment would be required under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to be included for tax purposes in the income of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, a member of that partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had that beneficiary, settlor, partner or beneficial owner been the Holder thereof;

(3) any final withholding tax withheld by a Swiss bank or similar Swiss financial institution (a “Swiss Financial Institution”) that is imposed with respect to a Holder of a Note through an account with a Swiss Financial Institution, to the extent that such withholding tax would not have been imposed, if such holder had not voluntarily opted for imposition of such withholding tax in lieu of disclosure that would otherwise be required under a bilateral tax cooperation agreement between Switzerland and the country in which the holder is tax resident; and

(4) any taxes imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with, any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, or any law or regulation implementing an intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing.

68

In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer will also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, value added, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies or taxes (including penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses related thereto) which are levied by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (“Transfer Taxes”) on the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any of the Notes, the Indenture or any other document or instrument referred to therein or the receipt of payments with respect thereto (subject to the exclusions described above, other than the exclusion described in clause 1(c) of this Section 1101). For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification provided in this paragraph shall not include any Transfer Taxes or stamp duty arising from the transfer of Notes between Holders (including the transfer from an initial purchaser of the Notes to subsequent Holders) as well as any Transfer Taxes or stamp duty arising due to an exchange offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement or in the ordinary course after the Issue Date.

If, after the date of the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer or a Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer will notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. The Issuer will provide the Trustee with satisfactory documentation evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts.

The Issuer or the Guarantors, as appropriate, will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant tax authority in accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Issuer will provide to the Trustee an official receipt or, if official receipts are not obtainable, other satisfactory documentation evidencing the payment of any Applicable Taxes so deducted or withheld. Upon written request, copies of those receipts or other documentation, as the case may be, will be made available by the Trustee to the Holders of the Notes.

Whenever there is mentioned in the Indenture or the Notes in any context the payment of interest on any Note or any other amount payable with respect to such Note, such mention shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this Section 1101 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

Section 1102. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuer will maintain, in the City and State of New York and in any other Place of Payment, an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, and it will maintain an office or agency in the continental United States where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. The Issuer hereby irrevocably designates as a Place of Payment for the Notes the City and State of New York, and initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas at its Corporate Trust Office as the Issuer’s office or agency in such city where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment.

69

The Issuer or any Subsidiary may act as Registrar or Paying Agent. The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations, in each case without notice to the Holders; provided , however , that the Issuer will maintain a Paying Agent and Registrar in the City and State of New York so long as any Notes are Outstanding. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 1103. Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust .

If the Issuer or any Subsidiary shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (1) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (2) during the continuance of any default by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on the Notes and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Notes shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that, if there are then Outstanding any Notes not in global form, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the City and State of New York notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

70

Section 1104. Annual Compliance Certificate; Statement by Officers as to Default .

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the Issue Date an Officer’s Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal accounting officer or the principal financial officer of the Issuer, stating that a review of the activities of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has performed its obligations under the Indenture, and further stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe such Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Issuer shall, so long as any Note is Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee within 30 days after the occurrence of a Default, written notice (which need not be an Officer’s Certificate) specifying such Default, and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 1105. Existence .

Subject to Article Nine, the Issuer and each Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Issuer and, if applicable, the Guarantors shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

Section 1106. Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

The Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) of the Parent Guarantor as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture (a “Designation”) only if:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and

(2) the Parent Guarantor would be permitted to make, at the time of such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an Investment pursuant to Section 1109, in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Guarantor’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date.

No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless:

(1) all of the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of Designation, consist of Non-Recourse Debt, except for any guarantee given solely to support the pledge by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which guarantee is not recourse to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, and except for any guarantee of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted as both an incurrence of Indebtedness and an Investment (in each case in an amount equal to the amount of such Indebtedness so guaranteed) permitted by Section 1108;

71

(2) on the date such Subsidiary is Designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding (other than a guarantee permitted under clause (1) above) with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or the Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent Guarantor; and

(3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent Guarantor nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of such Person or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results (in each case other than a guarantee permitted under clause (1) above) (it being understood that any contractual arrangements between the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such Subsidiary pursuant to which such Subsidiary sells products or provides services to the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business are not included in this clause (3)).

Any such Designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Parent Guarantor giving effect to such Designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary at such time and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under Section 1108 or the Lien is not permitted under Section 1110, the Parent Guarantor shall be in default of the applicable covenant.

The Board of Directors of the Parent Guarantor may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and

(2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of the Indenture.

Any such Redesignation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Parent Guarantor giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Redesignation complies with the foregoing conditions.

Section 1107. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control .

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under Section 1203, each Holder of Notes will have the right, except as provided below, to require that the Issuer purchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes for a cash price equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).

72

Not later than 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice:

(1) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event;

(2) offering to purchase, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in the notice (a “Change of Control Offer”), on a date specified in the notice, which shall be a Business Day not earlier than 30 days, nor later than 60 days, from the date the notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), and for the Change of Control Payment, all Notes that are properly tendered by such Holder pursuant to such Change of Control Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; and

(3) describing the procedures, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the Indenture, that Holders must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer.

On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of the Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; and

(2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder who has so tendered Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes so tendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

A Change of Control Offer will be required to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the date of purchase.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of

73

Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) the Issuer has given notice of the redemption of all of the Notes then Outstanding under Section 1203, unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable Redemption Price.

If Holders of not less than 95.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer to redeem all Notes that remain Outstanding following such purchase at a Redemption Price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment price, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

The Issuer will comply with all applicable securities legislation in the United States, including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 1107, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 1107 by virtue of such compliance.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

Section 1108. Limitation on Additional Indebtedness .

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided that the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur additional Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), in each case, if, after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis (including giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds thereof), the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to 1.00 (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”).

Notwithstanding the above, each of the following incurrences of Indebtedness shall be permitted (the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) not to exceed the greater of (i) $2,000.0 million or (ii)17.5% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(2) Indebtedness under (a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date, (b) the Guarantees of the Notes, (c) any Exchange Notes and (d) the Guarantees of any Exchange Notes;

74

(3) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (6) of this paragraph);

(4) (a) guarantees by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is Subordinated Indebtedness, then the related guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, and (b) guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;

(5) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for the purpose of speculation;

(6) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor owed to and held by a Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case of this proviso, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of workers’ compensation claims, bank guarantees, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, property, casualty or liability insurance, take-or-pay obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal, customs, advance payment or surety bonds or similar instruments in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such workers’ compensation claims, bank guarantees, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, property, casualty or liability insurance, and letters of credit supporting performance or other obligations of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, take-or-pay obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal, customs, advance payment or surety bonds or similar instruments;

(8) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount, taken together with Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $500.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(9) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (8) above, this clause (11), or clause (13) or (15) below;

75

(12) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition;

(13) additional Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (13) and any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $600.0 million or (b) 6.0% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets determined at the time of incurrence;

(14) Indebtedness in respect of Specified Cash Management Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Factoring Transaction that is not recourse to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

(16) Indebtedness of Persons incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person was acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated with or into the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided , however , that at the time such Person or its assets are acquired by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (16) and any other related Indebtedness, either (i) the Parent Guarantor would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to such Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1108, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (16) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Parent Guarantor shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described (except that Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of this offering, shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (1) above and may not be reclassified) and may later reclassify any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (2) through (16) above ( provided that at the time of reclassification it meets the criteria in such category or categories). In addition, for purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this covenant, (i) guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness of this Section 1108; provided , in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Parent Guarantor as accrued.

76

For the purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the earlier of the date that such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under this Section 1108, the Issuer shall be in Default of this covenant).

Section 1109. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) the Parent Guarantor is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or

(3) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (11) of the next paragraph), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication):

(a) 50.0% of Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on January 1, 2017 to and including the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100.0% of (A) (i) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) the Fair Market Value of (x) marketable securities (other than marketable securities of the Parent Guarantor), (y) Equity Interests of a Person (other than the Parent Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor) engaged in a Permitted Business and (z) other assets used in any Permitted Business, received by the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Prior Issue Date, in each case as a contribution to the Parent Guarantor’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or from the issue or sale of

77

convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent Guarantor that have been converted into or exchanged for such Qualified Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor), and (B) the aggregate net cash proceeds, if any, received by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (A) above, plus

(c) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment after the Prior Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to 100.0% of the aggregate amount received by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash or other property (valued at the Fair Market Value thereof) as the return of capital with respect to such Investment, plus

(d) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Parent Guarantor’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Parent Guarantor’s Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or redemption payment or the making of any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, on the date of declaration, the dividend, redemption or distribution payment, as the case may be, would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) any Restricted Payment made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests;

(3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 1108 and the other terms of the Indenture;

(4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary at a purchase price not greater than 101.0% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 1107; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 1107 and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer;

78

(5) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates), either (x) upon any such individual’s death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or (y) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, restricted stock unit agreement, stockholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided , in any case, that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions or retirements shall not exceed (A) $50.0 million during any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to the next succeeding calendar year) plus (B) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent Guarantor from the issuance and sale after the Issue Date of Qualified Equity Interests to its officers, directors or employees that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5), plus (C) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent Guarantor from members of management of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(6) (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, rights to acquire Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries or other convertible securities to the extent such Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof and (b) any repurchase, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or similar rights;

(7) dividends or distributions on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor or on any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case issued in compliance with Section 1108 to the extent such dividends or distributions are included in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense;

(8) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests;

(9) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger, consolidation or amalgamation that complies with the provisions of Section 901;

(10) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Permitted Factoring Transaction and the payment or distribution of fees related thereto;

(11) cash distributions by the Parent Guarantor to the holders of Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor in accordance with a distribution reinvestment plan or dividend reinvestment plan to the extent such payments are applied to the purchase of Equity Interests directly from the Parent Guarantor;

79

(12) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Qualified Spin Transaction;

(13) payment of other Restricted Payments from time to time in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million or (ii) 2.0% of the Parent Guarantor’s Consolidated Tangible Assets determined at the time made; or

(14) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Successor Parent or other payments by the Parent Guarantor or any of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries in amounts required for any Successor Parent to pay any Related Taxes;

provided that no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests used to make a payment pursuant to clauses (2) or (5)(B) above shall increase the Restricted Payments Basket to the extent of such payment.

For the purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on Restricted Payments denominated in a foreign currency, the U.S. dollar-equivalent amount of such Restricted Payment shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Restricted Payment was made. The amount of any Restricted Payment (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment (or, in the case of a dividend, on the date of declaration) of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Section 1110. Limitation on Liens .

The Parent Guarantor will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property, whether owned or leased on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, to secure any Debt of the Parent Guarantor or any other Person (other than the Notes or Debt that is non-recourse to the Parent Guarantor and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), without in any such case making effective provision whereby all of the Notes then Outstanding shall be secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Debt so long as such Debt shall be so secured. This restriction shall not apply to:

(1) Liens (i) existing on the Issue Date, (ii) provided for under the terms of agreements existing on such date securing Debt existing on such date or (iii) under the terms of a Credit Facility securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

(2) Liens on current assets to secure current liabilities;

(3) Liens on property acquired, constructed, altered or improved by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture which are created or assumed contemporaneously with, or within one year after, such acquisition (or in the case of property constructed, altered or improved, after the completion and commencement of commercial operation of such property, whichever is later) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of such property or the cost of such construction, alteration or improvement, it being understood that if a commitment for such a financing is obtained prior to or within such one year period, the applicable Lien shall be deemed to be included in this clause (3) whether or not such Lien is created within such one year period; provided that in the case of any such construction, alteration or improvement the Lien shall not apply to any property theretofore owned by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (i) the property so altered or improved and (ii) any theretofore unimproved real property on which the property so constructed or altered, or the improvement, is located;

80

(4) Liens on any property existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including Liens on any property acquired from or held by a Person which is consolidated or amalgamated with or merged with or into the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) and Liens outstanding at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor that are not incurred in connection with such entity becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor;

(5) Liens in favor of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) Liens on any property (i) in favor of the United States, any State thereof, any foreign country or any department, agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of any such jurisdiction, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute, (ii) securing any indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of constructing, installing or improving the property subject to such Liens, including, without limitation, Liens to secure Debt of the pollution control or industrial revenue bond type, or (iii) securing indebtedness issued or guaranteed by the United States, any State thereof, any foreign country, or any department, agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of any such jurisdiction;

(7) Permitted Liens; and

(8) any extension, renewal, or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in any of the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) to the extent such extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) involves a Lien described in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that the principal amount of Debt secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, together with the reasonable costs related to such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property).

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1110, the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue, assume or guarantee secured Debt, which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, in an aggregate amount which, together with all other such secured Debt and together with the aggregate amount of Attributable Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be outstanding in respect of all Sale-Leaseback Transactions (excluding any such Sale-Leaseback Transactions the proceeds of which have been applied in accordance with clauses (a), (b) or (c) in the first paragraph of Section 1112) does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth, as shown on a consolidated balance sheet, as of a date not more than 150 days prior to the proposed transaction, prepared by the Parent Guarantor in accordance with GAAP.

Section 1111. Limitation on Dividends and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to:

81

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests to the Parent Guarantor or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests);

(b) make loans or advances, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed, to the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness or obligations incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

(c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (a) or (b) above);

except for, in each case:

(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements existing on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement) as in effect on that date;

(2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(3) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after acquired property);

(5) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, increases, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (10); provided , however , that such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, increases, supplements, refunding, replacements or refinancing are, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements referred to in such clauses on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

(6) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law, regulation or order;

82

(7) customary restrictions or limitations in leases, licenses or other agreements restricting the assignment thereof or the assignment of the property that is the subject of such agreement;

(8) in the case of clause (c) above, Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 1110 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(9) restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell Equity Interests or assets to any Person pending the closing of such sale;

(10) any other agreement governing Indebtedness or other obligations entered into after the Issue Date that either (A) contains encumbrances and restrictions that in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date or those contained in the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or (B) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness that is customary and does not prohibit (except upon a default or an event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the Issuer in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest and principal on the Notes when due;

(11) provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements, shareholder agreements and other similar agreements that restrict the disposition or distribution of ownership interests in or assets of such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation or similar Person;

(12) Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred in compliance with Section 1108 that imposes restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above on the assets acquired;

(13) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that the Unrestricted Subsidiary is a party to entered into before the date on which such Unrestricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of the Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Parent Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;

(15) with respect to any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was incurred if either (A) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (B) the Parent Guarantor determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination shall be conclusive;

(16) provisions limiting the distribution or dividend of assets or any portion of the Equity Interests of SpinCo in connection with a Qualified Spin Transaction;

83

(17) any Permitted Investment or Restricted Payments which are made in accordance with Section 1109;

(18) restrictions contained in Standard Securitization Undertakings; and

(19) supermajority voting requirements existing under corporate charters, by-laws, stockholders agreements and similar documents and agreements.

Section 1112. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions .

The Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction with any Person (other than the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) unless:

(a) at the time of entering into such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Debt, in a principal amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, secured by a Lien on the property subject to such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, pursuant to Section 1110 without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to such covenant;

(b) after the Issue Date and within a period commencing six months prior to the consummation of such Sale-Leaseback Transaction and ending six months after the consummation thereof, the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary shall have expended for property used or to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary (including amounts expended for additions, expansions, alterations, repairs and improvements thereto) an amount equal to all or a portion of the net proceeds of such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, and the Parent Guarantor shall have elected to designate such amount as a credit against such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (with any such amount not being so designated to be applied as set forth in clause (c) below); or

(c) during the 12-month period after the effective date of such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, the Parent Guarantor shall have applied to the voluntary defeasance or retirement of Notes or any Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor an amount equal to the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the real or personal property leased in such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, which amount shall not be less than the fair value of such property at the time of entering into such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (adjusted to reflect the remaining term of the lease and any amount expended by the Parent Guarantor as set forth in clause (b) above), less an amount equal to the principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness voluntarily defeased or retired by the Parent Guarantor within such 12-month period and not designated as a credit against any other Sale-Leaseback Transaction entered into by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

Section 1113. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions .

The Parent Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate value in excess of $50.0 million (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

84

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate, or if in the good faith judgment of the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, or are otherwise fair to the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and

(2) the Parent Guarantor delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value in excess of $100.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by the Independent Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(1) transactions to the extent between or among (a) the Parent Guarantor and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) director, trustee, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including pursuant to any employment agreement or any retirement, health, stock option or other benefit plan), payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees of the Parent Guarantor or its Restricted Subsidiaries and indemnification arrangements, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Parent Guarantor’s Board of Directors or senior management;

(3) Permitted Investments (other than those made under clause (1) of such definition) or Restricted Payments which are made in accordance with Section 1109;

(4) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner that, taken as a whole, is not materially less advantageous to the Parent Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date;

(5) any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor) which would constitute an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor solely because the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the senior management of the Parent Guarantor, such transactions are on terms not materially less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor;

(7) the issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith to, or the receipt of capital contributions from, Affiliates of the Parent Guarantor;

(8) pledging of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

85

(9) any transaction effected as part of a Permitted Factoring Transaction;

(10) any transaction where the only consideration paid by the Parent Guarantor or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Guarantor;

(11) agreements and transactions entered into or effected in connection with a Qualified Spin Transaction;

(12) non-exclusive licenses of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property;

(13) transactions between the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Parent Guarantor, and such director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such director shall abstain from voting as a director of the Parent Guarantor on any matter involving such other Person; and

(14) agreements and transactions entered into or effected in connection with the payment of Related Taxes.

Section 1114. Additional Guarantees .

If, after the Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, other than the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall guarantee or otherwise incur any Debt (excluding any Debt under a Credit Facility incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness) in an aggregate principal amount in excess of 15.0% of the Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Parent Guarantor, then the Parent Guarantor shall, within thirty (30) days thereof, cause such Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex E pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor with respect to the Notes, upon the terms and subject to the release provisions and other limitations in Article Fifteen.

Section 1115. Covenant Termination .

Following the first date that the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, then upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate to the foregoing effect, the Parent Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of Sections 1106, 1108, 1109, 1111 and 1113.

After the foregoing covenants have been terminated, the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

ARTICLE TWELVE

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1201. Applicability of Article .

The Notes shall be redeemable at the election of the Issuer in accordance with their terms and in accordance with this Article.

86

Section 1202. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

In case of any redemption of less than all Notes, the Issuer shall, at least 5 Business Days prior to the last date a notice of redemption may be provided to Holders under Section 1205 (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Notes prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Notes or elsewhere in the Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish the Trustee, prior to giving notice of such redemption, with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 1203. Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time on or after November 15, 2023 (the “Par Call Date”), the Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

(b) At any time prior to the Par Call Date, the Notes will be redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (at the rate in effect on the date of calculation of the Redemption Price) on the Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) that would have been due if the Notes had matured on the Par Call Date, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the applicable Treasury Yield plus 50 basis points (the “Make-Whole Price”); plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). The actual Redemption Price payable pursuant to this Section 1203(b) will be calculated and certified to the Trustee and the Issuer by the Independent Investment Banker. For purposes of determining such optional Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

“ Treasury Yield ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

“ Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed, calculated as if the maturity date of the Notes were the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”), that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Remaining Life of the Notes to be redeemed; provided, however , that if no maturity is within three months before or after the Par Call Date, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to such United States Treasury security will be determined and the treasury rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from those yields on a straight line basis rounding to the nearest month.

“ Independent Investment Banker ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and its successors or, if such firm is not willing and able to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Issuer.

87

“ Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (a) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (b) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“ Reference Treasury Dealer ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC so long as it is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in the United States (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) at the relevant time and, if it is not then a Primary Treasury Dealer, then a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by it, and its successors, plus at least three other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Issuer.

“ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date.

(c) The Notes may be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers pursuant to Section 1107, at the Redemption Price and subject to the conditions set forth in such Section.

(d) Prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, if the Issuer or a Guarantor has, or on the next Interest Payment Date would, become obligated to pay to the Holder or beneficial owner of any Note, Additional Amounts as a result of any change or amendment on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum in the laws or any rules or regulations of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or any change on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum in an interpretation, administration or application of such laws, rules or regulations by any legislative body, court, governmental agency, taxing authority or regulatory or administrative authority of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including the enactment of any legislation and the formal announcement or publication of any judicial decision or regulatory or administrative interpretation or determination), then the Issuer may, at its option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Note, for cash at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Date will be a Business Day of the Issuer’s choosing that is no more than 60, nor less than 30, calendar days after the date the related redemption notice is sent pursuant to Section 1205.

(e) If a Redemption Date is after a record date and on or before the next Interest Payment Date, then (i) the Holder of a Note at the close of business on such record date will be entitled, notwithstanding such redemption, to receive, on such Redemption Date, the unpaid interest that would have accrued on such Note to such Redemption Date and (ii) the Redemption Price will not include accrued and unpaid interest on such Note to such Redemption Date.

(f) Notes called for redemption must be delivered to the Paying Agent (in the case of certificated Notes) or the Depositary’s procedures must be complied with (in the case of Global Notes) for the Holder of those Notes to be entitled to receive the Redemption Price.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1203, the Issuer may not redeem any Notes if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded on or before the Redemption Date (including as a result of the payment of the related Redemption Price and any related interest on the Redemption Date).

88

Section 1204. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed .

In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national security exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate (except that any Notes represented by a Global Note will be redeemed by such method as the Depositary may require); provided , however , that no Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 in original principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

For all purposes of the Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1205. Notice of Redemption .

Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed (or, in the case of any notice to the Holder of a Global Note, sent electronically in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to (i) each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at its address appearing in the Security Register and (ii) in the case of any redemption pursuant to Section 1203(d), to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note, if required by applicable law, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article Five.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price, if then determined and otherwise the manner of calculation thereof,

(3) if less than all the Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any such Notes, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note be redeemed and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(5) the place or places where each such Note is to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price,

(6) the CUSIP/ISIN numbers of the Notes; and

(7) any conditions precedent for the redemption or notice of redemption.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer and shall be irrevocable. Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent

89

Section 1206. Deposit of Redemption Price .

Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1103) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1207. Notes Payable on Redemption Date .

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Notes for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, except as provided in Section 1203(e).

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Note.

Section 1208. Notes Redeemed in Part .

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes of like tenor, and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

SINKING FUND; OTHER ACQUISITIONS OF NOTES

Section 1301. Mandatory Redemption, Etc.

The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Issuer may purchase Notes in the market from time to time in its discretion.

The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase, negotiated transaction or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1401. Issuer ’ s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may elect, at its option at any time, to have Section 1402 or Section 1403 applied to the Notes, upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article. Any such election shall be evidenced in or pursuant to a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee.

90

Section 1402. Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise of its option to have this Section applied to the Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations hereunder as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Guarantees and to have satisfied all their other respective obligations under the Indenture (and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all Outstanding Notes and all Guarantees, except as to the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1404 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes when payments are due, (2) the Issuer’s obligations under Sections 404, 405, 406, 1102, 1103 and 1104(a) and its obligations under Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in connection therewith and (4) this Article. If the Issuer exercises its defeasance option pursuant to this Section 1402, the payment of the defeased Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 602 because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article, the Issuer may exercise its option (if any) to have this Section applied to the Notes notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option (if any) to have Section 1403 applied to the Notes.

Section 1403. Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise of its option to have this Section applied to the Notes, (1) the Issuer shall be released from its obligations under Section 901(3), Section 1106, Sections 1107 through 1115, inclusive; (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 601(3) (with respect only to the obligation under Section 901(3)), 601(4), 601(5), 601(6), 601(7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or 601(8) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries), 601(9) and 601(10) shall be deemed not to be or to result in a Default or an Event of Default, and (3) the Guarantees shall be automatically released, in each case as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or Article or by reason of any reference in any such Section or Article to any other provision herein or in any other document, and any such omission will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

Section 1404. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section 1402 or 1403:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be,

91

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that:

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling, or

(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred,

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred,

(4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings),

(5) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharge or replaced) to which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound,

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other of its creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of its creditors or others, and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent provided for in clauses (1) through (6) have been complied with.

Section 1405. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1103, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1404 in respect of any Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and the Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

92

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1404 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1404 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be.

Section 1406. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article with respect to any Notes by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes from which the Issuer has been discharged or released pursuant to Section 1402 or 1403 shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 1405 in accordance with this Article; provided , however , that if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any Note following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the Holders to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

GUARANTEES

Section 1501. Unconditional Guarantee .

(a) For value received, each of the Guarantors hereby fully, irrevocably, unconditionally and absolutely guarantees to the Holders and to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts due and payable under the Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Obligations”), when and as such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1503. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantors’ liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Indenture Obligations and would be owed by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Holders under the Indenture and the Notes but for the fact that they are unenforceable, reduced, limited, impaired, suspended or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Issuer.

(b) Failing payment when due of any amount guaranteed pursuant to its Guarantee, for whatever reason, each of the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated (to the fullest extent permitted by law) to pay the same immediately to the Trustee, without set-off or counterclaim or other reduction whatsoever (whether for taxes, withholding or otherwise). Each Guarantee hereunder is intended to be a general, unsecured, senior obligation of the applicable Guarantor and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all debt of such Guarantor that is not, by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be full, irrevocable, unconditional and absolute, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes, the Guarantee of any other Guarantor or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of

93

the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of such Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that in the event of a default in payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or, subject to Section 607, by the Holders, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, directly against such Guarantor to enforce its Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each of the Guarantors under this Article shall be as aforesaid full, irrevocable, unconditional and absolute and shall not be impaired, modified, released or limited by any occurrence or condition whatsoever, including, without limitation, (A) any compromise, settlement, release, waiver, renewal, extension, indulgence or modification of, or any change in, any of the obligations and liabilities of the Issuer or any of the other Guarantors contained in the Notes or the Indenture, (B) any impairment, modification, release or limitation of the liability of the Issuer, any of the other Guarantors or any of their estates in bankruptcy, or any remedy for the enforcement thereof, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or other statute or from the decision of any court, (C) the assertion or exercise by the Trustee or any Holder of any rights or remedies under the Notes or the Indenture or their delay in or failure to assert or exercise any such rights or remedies, (D) the assignment or the purported assignment of any property as security for the Notes, including all or any part of the rights of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors under the Indenture, (E) the extension of the time for payment by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of any payments or other sums or any part thereof owing or payable under any of the terms and provisions of the Notes or the Indenture or of the time for performance by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of any other obligations under or arising out of any such terms and provisions or the extension or the renewal of any thereof, (F) the modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise) of any duty, agreement or obligation of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors set forth in the Indenture, (G) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, marshaling of assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of, or other similar proceeding affecting, the Issuer or any of the Guarantors or any of their respective assets, or the disaffirmance of any of the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture in any such proceeding, (H) the release or discharge of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors from the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, term or condition contained in any of such instruments by operation of law, (I) the unenforceability of the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or (J) any other circumstances (other than payment in full or discharge of all amounts guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantees) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor.

(d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Guarantors hereby (A) waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, notice of acceptance, filing of claims with a court in the event of the merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, and all demands and notices whatsoever, (B) acknowledges that any agreement, instrument or document evidencing its Guarantee may be transferred and that the benefit of its obligations hereunder shall extend to each holder of any agreement, instrument or document evidencing the Guarantee without notice to it and (C) covenants that its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Guarantors further agrees that if at any time all or any part of any payment theretofore applied by any Person to its Guarantee is, or must be, rescinded or returned for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, such Guarantee shall, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence notwithstanding such application, and the Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such application had not been made.

94

(e) Each of the Guarantors shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holders and the Trustee against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, provided , however , that such Guarantor, shall not be entitled to enforce or to receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all of the Notes and the Guarantees shall have been paid in full or discharged.

(f) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders, any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Article Fifteen and the Guarantees shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any rights, power, privilege or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies. The rights and remedies herein provided for are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided in law or equity. Nothing contained in this Article Fifteen shall limit the right of the Trustee or the Holders to take any action to accelerate the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Article Six or to pursue any other rights or remedies hereunder or under applicable law.

Section 1502. Execution and Delivery of Notation of Guarantee .

To further evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 1501, each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that a notation relating to such Guarantee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex B (a “Notation of Guarantee”), may be endorsed on each Note entitled to the benefits of its Guarantee that is authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. The Notation of Guarantee may be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of such Guarantor, or in the case of a Guarantor that is a partnership, an Officer of the general partner of such Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to its Guarantee. If any Officer of the Guarantor, or in the case of a Guarantor that is a partnership, any Officer of the general partner of such Guarantor, whose signature is on the Indenture or a Notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates such Note or at any time thereafter, the Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantees set forth in the Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

Section 1503. Limitation on Guarantors ’ Liability .

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder of a Note entitled to the benefits of the Guarantees hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent preference or fraudulent transfer or otherwise reviewable transaction under applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each of the Holders of a Note entitled to the benefits of the Guarantees and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent preference or fraudulent transfer or otherwise reviewable transaction under applicable law.

95

Section 1504. Release of Guarantors from Guarantees .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Indenture, the Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be released upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 1504. A Guarantor shall be released automatically from its obligations under its Guarantee and its other obligations under the Indenture upon:

(1)

(a) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, any disposition of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety (whether by consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, any disposition (whether by consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer or otherwise) of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor after which the Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, a disposition in connection with a Qualified Spin Transaction;

(c) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the proper designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(d) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all Debt which required such Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 1114 is no longer outstanding;

(e) Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided in Article Five; or

(f) liquidation and dissolution of such Guarantor, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; and

(2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1504 relating to the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee and its other obligations under the Indenture have been complied with.

(b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing any release of a Guarantor from its Guarantee upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel the Subsidiary Guarantor is entitled to such release in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

(c) Any Guarantor not released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture will remain liable for the full amount of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on the Notes as provided in this Article Fifteen, subject to the limitations of Section 1503.

96

Section 1505. Guarantor Contribution .

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors hereby agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under its Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor (if any) in a pro rata amount based on the respective net assets (as determined at such time in accordance with GAAP) of all of the Guarantors (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Indenture Obligations or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to its Guarantee.

The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in the Indenture upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

97

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

98

ANNEX A

CUSIP __________

ISIN ____________

[Form of Face of Note]

[ Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable. ]

[ If a Global Note, insert the Global Note Legend.]

WEATHERFORD INTERNATIONAL LTD.

9.875% Senior Note due 2024

Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (herein called the “Issuer,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of              U.S. dollars on February 15, 2024, [ if this Note is a Global Note, insert – or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto,] and to pay interest thereon from November 18, 2016 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 in each year, commencing August 15, 2017, at the rate of 9.875% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and to pay interest on any overdue principal hereof or installment of interest hereon at the same rate, to the extent lawful, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the February 1 or August 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

[ If this Note is an Initial Note or an Additional Restricted Note, insert: ] If an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) registered under the Securities Act is not consummated or a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective by the SEC or does not become automatically effective on or before the date that is 400 days after the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 18, 2016 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the initial purchaser named therein, the annual interest rate borne by the Notes shall be increased from the rate shown above by 1.00% per annum thereafter, until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or becomes automatically effective. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

A-1

If the Holder of this Note has given wire transfer instructions to the Trustee at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account in the City and State of New York specified in those instructions. Otherwise, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any such interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for that purpose in the City and State of New York in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been manually signed in the name of the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed by its undersigned officer.

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

A-3

[Form of Reverse of Note]

This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Securities of the Issuer (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2003 (the “Original Indenture”), as amended and supplemented by (i) the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2009, (ii) the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2013, (iii) the Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 17, 2014 and (iv) the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture (herein so called) dated as of November 18, 2016 (the Base Indenture, as so amended and supplemented, being herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $540,000,000 but subject to re-opening as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.

At any time or from time to time on or after November 15, 2023 (the “Par Call Date”), the Issuer, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon prior notice as provided in the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in Section 1203(a) of the Indenture.

The Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the Par Call Date at the option of the Issuer, upon prior notice as provided in the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed or the Make-Whole Price (as determined in accordance with Section 1203(b) of the Indenture), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, at the Issuer’s option, following certain changes in tax law or Change of Control Offers, at the respective Redemption Prices and subject to the conditions set forth in Sections 1203(d) and 1107 of the Indenture, respectively.

Any notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent specified in such notice of redemption.

In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note as well as certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default, as well as provisions for the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes affected thereby (voting as a separate series). The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all

A-4

Notes, to waive compliance with certain covenants or provisions of the Indenture and certain existing defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Notes may be declared (or shall automatically become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy and offer the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such request. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office of the Registrar, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge, subject to the exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes (except as required by applicable tax laws), whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of any Guarantor under its Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such indebtedness, obligations or liabilities or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

A-5

All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

The Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

A-6

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Security to:                                                                                                            

                                                                                                               (Insert assignee’s legal name)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                     to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: __________

Signature Guarantee: ^*                             

[ Insert the following in a Restricted Note only: ] The undersigned hereby certifies that it ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year (or 40 days in the case of any Regulation S Notes) after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

A-7

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

A-8

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1107 or Section 1112 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐ Section 1107            ☐ Section 1112

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1107 or Section 1112 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_______________

Date: _____________

Signature Guarantee: ^*                                  

A-9

A-10

ANNEX B

NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

Each of the undersigned Guarantors (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture (as defined below)), has fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in Article Fifteen of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture (herein so called) dated as of November 18, 2016, among Weatherford International Ltd., as issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, to the Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2003, as previously amended and supplemented by (i) the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2009, (ii) the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2013, and (iii) the Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 17, 2014, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Issuer’s 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 and all other amounts due and payable by the Issuer under the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture.

The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantees and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Fifteen of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantees and the conditions upon which they may be released.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this notation to be duly executed.

B-1

ANNEX C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS TO

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

[Date]

Weatherford International Ltd.

c/o Weatherford International, LLC

2000 St. James Place

Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

MS NYC60-1630

New York, New York

Attention: Corporates Team—Weatherford

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of the 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”) of Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”).

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                                                      

Address:                                                                 

Taxpayer ID Number:                                           

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Securities and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the

C-1

Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Company.

C-2

ANNEX D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS

PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[Date]

Weatherford International Ltd.

c/o Weatherford International, LLC

2000 St. James Place

Houston, Texas 77056

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street

MS NYC60-1630

New York, New York

Attention: Corporates Team—Weatherford

9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[            ] aggregate principal amount of the Securities, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Company and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Securities [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Company.

D-1

You are entitled to rely conclusively upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

D-2

ANNEX E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

T HIS S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                 , 20    , is among [Name of Future Subsidiary Guarantor(s)] (the “New Subsidiary Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Weatherford International plc, an Irish public limited company [or its permitted successor] (the “Parent Guarantor”), Weatherford International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Weatherford Delaware”), each other existing Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein), Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Issuer”), the Parent Guarantor and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Indenture referred to herein (the “Trustee”). The New Subsidiary Guarantor and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Subsidiary Guarantors,” or individually as a “Subsidiary Guarantor.”

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, Weatherford Delaware and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2003, as amended and supplemented by (i) the Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 26, 2009, (ii) the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2013, (iii) the Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 17, 2014 and (iv) the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture (herein so called) dated as of November 18, 2016 relating to the 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Notes ”) of the Issuer;

WHEREAS, Section 1114 of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture obligates the Issuer to cause certain Restricted Subsidiaries to become Subsidiary Guarantors by executing a supplemental indenture as provided in such Section; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1001 of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture and in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Subsidiary Guarantor, the other Subsidiary Guarantors, the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1. C APITALIZED T ERMS . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture.

2. A GREEMENT TO G UARANTEE . The New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally, with the Parent Guarantor and all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to fully and unconditionally guarantee to each Holder and to the Trustee the Indenture Obligations, to the extent set forth in Article Fifteen of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture and subject to the provisions thereof. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantees are expressly set forth in Article Fifteen of the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, and reference is hereby made to such Article for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees.

E-1

3. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND ENFORCE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

4. C OUNTERPARTS . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.

5. E FFECT OF H EADINGS . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. T HE T RUSTEE . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.

Exhibit 4.2

$540,000,000

Weatherford International Ltd.

9.875% Senior Notes due 2024

Registration Rights Agreement

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated November 18, 2016 (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”), the guarantors signatory hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as initial purchaser (the “Initial Purchaser”).

The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated November 15, 2016 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchaser of $540,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.875% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Securities”) which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchaser to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchaser and its direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Additional Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Exchange Securities” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successors that guarantee the Securities and any Additional Guarantors.

“Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Registrable Securities, and its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

“Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of October 1, 2003, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Initial Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

“Issuer Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

“Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

“Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

“Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

2

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement or (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchaser) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters, as applicable, required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement filed under the Securities Act of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

“Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Subsidiary Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture.

“Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

3

“Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (ii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing or making available the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

4

The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is for any other reason not completed by December 23, 2017 or (iii) any Initial Purchaser shall so request in connection with any offer or sale of Registrable Securities (a “Shelf Request”), the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have declared effective by the SEC (or file and become effective automatically, as the case may be) both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) above with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchaser after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of one year following the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement and such time as all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Participating Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and, to the extent necessary, to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared effective (or does not automatically become effective) on or prior to December 23, 2017, the Company will pay liquidated damages to Holders of Registrable Securities with the effect that the interest rate on

5

the Registrable Securities will be increased by 1.00% per annum until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the SEC (or becomes automatically effective). All liquidated damages will be paid by the Company on the next scheduled interest payment date in the same manner as interest is paid on the Securities under the Indenture.

If the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has been declared effective or automatically becomes effective, as the case may be, and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, unless such failure to remain effective or usable relates or is directly attributable to an acquisition or disposition being undertaken by the Company then the Company will pay liquidated damages to the Holders of Registrable Securities with the effect that the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 1.00% per annum commencing on the 31st day in such 12-month period and ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared (or automatically becomes) effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchaser and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchaser or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. The provisions for liquidated damages set forth in Section 2(d) above shall be the only monetary remedy available to the Holders under this Agreement.

3. Registration Procedures . (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible:

6

7

8

(b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

9

(d) If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

(e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such Underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer . (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchaser shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

5. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use

10

therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (y) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

11

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or any Person controlling any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. General .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof or any provision that could affect adversely the

12

rights of any Holder of Registrable Securities to receive liquidated damages in the amount and on the payment dates as provided in Section 2(d) shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchaser, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchaser (in its capacity as Initial Purchaser) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries . Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchaser, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law . This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(i) Entire Agreement; Severability . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

[ Signature Page to Follow. ]

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

M ORGAN S TANLEY  & C O . LLC

By: /s/ Cody Gunsch                                

Name: Cody Gunsch

Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 18, 2016 by and among Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company, the guarantors party thereto and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as the Initial Purchaser) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of November 18, 2016.

Annex A to Registration Rights Agreement

Schedule I — Guarantors

Weatherford International plc

Weatherford International, LLC

Schedule I - 1

Exhibit 4.3

THE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 1(a) OF THIS WARRANT.

W EATHERFORD I NTERNATIONAL PLC

F ORM OF W ARRANT T O P URCHASE 84,500,000 O RDINARY S HARES

Warrant No.:

Date of Issuance: November 21, 2016 (“ Issuance Date ”)

Weatherford International plc, an Irish public limited company (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies that, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, [Buyer], the registered holder hereof or its permitted assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at the Exercise Price (as defined below) then in effect, upon exercise of this Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares (including any Warrants to Purchase Ordinary Shares issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, the “ Warrant ”), at any time or times on or after the Issuance Date, but not after 11:59 p.m., New York time, on the Expiration Date (as defined below), 84,500,000 (subject to adjustment as provided herein) fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares (as defined below) (the “ Warrant Shares ”). Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms in this Warrant shall have the meanings set forth in Section 17. This Warrant is issued pursuant to (i) that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2016 (the “ Subscription Date ”), by and among the Company and the Holder, as amended from time to time (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) and (ii) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-194431 (as amended, the “ Existing Registration Statement ”), including the Company’s prospectus supplement dated November 16, 2016 contained therein.

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT

(a) Mechanics of Exercise . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof (including, without limitation, the limitations set forth in Section 1(f), this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder on any day on or after the Issuance Date and prior to the Expiration Date (an “ Exercise Date ”), in whole or in part, by delivery (whether via electronic mail or otherwise) of a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”), of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant. Within one (1) Trading Day following an exercise of this Warrant as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price in effect on the date of such exercise multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant was so exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ”) in cash or via wire transfer of immediately available funds if the Holder did not notify the Company in such Exercise Notice that such exercise was made pursuant to a Cashless Exercise (as defined in Section 1(c)). The Holder shall not be required to deliver the original of this Warrant in order to effect an exercise hereunder. Execution and delivery of an Exercise Notice with respect to less than all of the Warrant Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original of this

Warrant and issuance of a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Warrant Shares. Execution and delivery of an Exercise Notice for all of the then-remaining Warrant Shares shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original of this Warrant after delivery of the Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. On or before the first (1 ^st ) Trading Day following the date on which the Company has received an Exercise Notice, the Company shall transmit by electronic mail an acknowledgment of confirmation of receipt of such Exercise Notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B , to the Holder and the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”), which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Exercise Notice in accordance with the terms herein. On or before the third (3 ^rd ) Trading Day (or such earlier date as required pursuant to the 1934 Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation for the settlement of a trade of such Warrant Shares initiated on the applicable Exercise Date) following the date on which the Company has received such Exercise Notice (or such earlier date as required pursuant to the 1934 Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation for the settlement of a trade of such Warrant Shares initiated on the applicable Exercise Date), the Company shall (i) provided that the Transfer Agent is participating in The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, upon the request of the Holder, credit such aggregate number of Ordinary Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian system, or (ii) if the Transfer Agent is not participating in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, upon the request of the Holder, issue and deliver (via reputable overnight courier) to the address as specified in the Exercise Notice, a certificate, registered in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Ordinary Shares to which the Holder shall be entitled pursuant to such exercise. Upon delivery of an Exercise Notice, the Holder shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date such Warrant Shares are credited to the Holder’s DTC account or the date of delivery of the certificates evidencing such Warrant Shares (as the case may be). If this Warrant is submitted in connection with any exercise pursuant to this Section 1(a) and the number of Warrant Shares represented by this Warrant submitted for exercise is greater than the number of Warrant Shares being acquired upon an exercise and upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company by the Holder, then, at the request of the Holder, the Company shall as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) Business Days after any exercise and at its own expense, issue and deliver to the Holder (or its designee) a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such exercise under this Warrant, less the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant is exercised. No fractional Ordinary Shares are to be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but rather the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole number. The Company shall pay any and all transfer, stamp, issuance and similar taxes, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) that may be payable with respect to the issuance of Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant (but not any subsequent transfer of Warrant Shares so issued). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in the case where an exercise of this Warrant is validly made pursuant to a Cashless Exercise, the Company’s failure to deliver Warrant Shares to the Holder on or prior to the later of (A) three (3) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable Exercise Notice (or such earlier date as required pursuant to the 1934 Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation for the settlement of a trade of such Warrant Shares initiated on the

2

applicable Exercise Date) and (B) one (1) Trading Day after the Company’s receipt of the Aggregate Exercise Price (or valid notice of a Cashless Exercise) (such later date, the “ Share Delivery Deadline ”) shall not be deemed to be a breach of this Warrant. From the Issuance Date through and including the Expiration Date, the Company shall maintain a transfer agent that participates in the DTC’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Holder may elect, at its sole discretion, to receive unregistered Warrant Shares issued in response to an Exercise Notice instead of Warrant Shares (i) registered pursuant to the Existing Registration Statement or a Replacement Registration Statement or (ii) issued pursuant to Section 1(c).

(b) Exercise Price . For purposes of this Warrant, “ Exercise Price ” means $6.43, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

(c) Company ’ s Failure to Timely Deliver Securities . If the Company shall fail, for any reason or for no reason, on or prior to the Share Delivery Deadline, either (I) if the Transfer Agent is not participating in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, to issue and deliver to the Holder (or its designee) a certificate for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled and register such Warrant Shares on the Company’s share register or, if the Transfer Agent is participating in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, to credit the balance account of the Holder or the Holder’s designee with DTC for such number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise of this Warrant (as the case may be) or (II) if the Registration Statement (or prospectus contained therein) covering the issuance of the Warrant Shares that are the subject of the Exercise Notice (the “ Unavailable Warrant Shares ”) is not available for the issuance of such Unavailable Warrant Shares and the Company fails to promptly (x) so notify the Holder and (y) deliver the Warrant Shares electronically without any restrictive legend by crediting such aggregate number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with DTC through its Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian system (the event described in the immediately foregoing clause (II) is hereinafter referred as a “ Notice Failure ” and together with the event described in clause (I) above, a “ Delivery Failure ”), and if on or after such Share Delivery Deadline the Holder purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) Ordinary Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of all or any portion of the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon such exercise that the Holder anticipated receiving from the Company (a “ Buy-In ”), then, in addition to all other remedies available to the Holder, the Company shall, within three (3) Business Days after the Holder’s request and promptly honor its obligation to so issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing such Warrant Shares or credit the balance account of such Holder or such Holder’s designee, as applicable, with DTC for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled upon the Holder’s exercise hereunder (as the case may be) and, as an indemnity for loss hereunder, pay cash to the Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses, if any) for the Ordinary Shares so purchased (including, without limitation, by any other Person in respect, or on behalf, of the Holder) (the “ Buy-In Price ”) over the product of (A) such number of Warrant Shares multiplied by (B) the lowest Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on any Trading Day during the period commencing on the date of the applicable Exercise Notice and ending on the date of such issuance and payment under this paragraph (the “ Buy-In Payment

3

Amount ”). Nothing shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing Ordinary Shares (or to electronically deliver such Ordinary Shares) upon the exercise of this Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

(d) Cashless Exercise . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (other than Section 1(f) below), if at the time of exercise hereof the Existing Registration Statement (or such other registration statement on Form S-3 that registers the Warrant and the underlying Warrant Shares (a “ Replacement Registration Statement ”) is not effective (or the prospectus contained therein is not available for use) for the issuance of all of the Warrant Shares, then the Holder may, in its sole discretion, exercise this Warrant in whole or in part and, in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to the Company upon such exercise in payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price, elect instead to receive upon such exercise the “Net Number” of Warrant Shares determined according to the following formula (a “ Cashless Exercise ”):

A= the total number of shares with respect to which this Warrant is then being exercised.

B = the quotient of (x) the sum of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares of each of the ten (10) Trading Days ending at the close of business on the Principal Market immediately prior to the time of exercise as set forth in the applicable Exercise Notice, divided by (y) ten (10).

C = the Exercise Price then in effect for the applicable Warrant Shares at the time of such exercise.

If the Warrant Shares are issued in a Cashless Exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the 1933 Act, the Warrant Shares take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised. For purposes of Rule 144(d) promulgated under the 1933 Act, as in effect on the Subscription Date, it is intended that the Warrant Shares issued in a Cashless Exercise shall be deemed to have been acquired by the Holder, and the holding period for the Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have commenced, on the date this Warrant was originally issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

(e) Disputes . In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Exercise Price or the arithmetic calculation of the number of Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall promptly issue to the Holder the number of Warrant Shares that are not disputed and resolve such dispute in accordance with Section 13.

4

(f) Limitations on Exercises . The Company shall not effect the exercise of any portion of this Warrant, and the Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant and any such exercise shall be null and void and treated as if never made, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, the Holder together with the other Attribution Parties collectively would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “ Maximum Percentage ”) of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by the Holder and the other Attribution Parties shall include the number of Ordinary Shares held by the Holder and all other Attribution Parties plus the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude Ordinary Shares which would be issuable upon (A) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of the other Attribution Parties and (B) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred shares or warrants) beneficially owned by the Holder or any other Attribution Party subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section 1(f). For purposes of this Section 1(f), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act. For purposes of determining the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares the Holder may acquire upon the exercise of this Warrant without exceeding the Maximum Percentage, the Holder may rely on the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the SEC, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent, if any, setting forth the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding (the “ Reported Outstanding Share Number ”). If the Company receives an Exercise Notice from the Holder at a time when the actual number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is less than the Reported Outstanding Share Number, the Company shall (i) notify the Holder in writing of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding and, to the extent that such Exercise Notice would otherwise cause the Holder’s beneficial ownership, as determined pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i), to exceed the Maximum Percentage, the Holder must notify the Company of a reduced number of Warrant Shares to be acquired pursuant to such Exercise Notice (the number of shares by which such purchase is reduced, the “ Reduction Shares ”) and (ii) as soon as reasonably practicable, the Company shall return to the Holder any Exercise Price paid by the Holder for the Reduction Shares. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day confirm orally and in writing or by electronic mail to the Holder the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder and any other Attribution Party since the date as of which the Reported Outstanding Share Number was reported. In the event that the issuance of Ordinary Shares to the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant results in the Holder and the other Attribution Parties being deemed to beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than the Maximum Percentage of the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares (as determined under Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act), the number of shares so issued by which the Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties’ aggregate beneficial ownership exceeds the Maximum Percentage (the “ Excess Shares ”) shall be automatically and immediately, without further action on the part of the Holder or the

5

Company, surrendered to the Company for no valuable consideration and cancelled ab initio, and the Holder shall not have the power to vote or to transfer the Excess Shares. As soon as reasonably practicable after the issuance of the Excess Shares has been deemed null and void, the Company shall return to the Holder the Exercise Price paid by the Holder for the Excess Shares. Upon delivery of a written notice to the Company, the Holder may from time to time increase (with such increase not effective until the sixty-first (61 ^st ) day after delivery of such notice) or decrease the Maximum Percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% as specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase in the Maximum Percentage will not be effective until the sixty-first (61 ^st ) day after such notice is delivered to the Company and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to the Holder and the other Attribution Parties. For purposes of clarity, the Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant in excess of the Maximum Percentage shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Holder for any purpose including for purposes of Section 13(d) or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the 1934 Act. No prior inability to exercise this Warrant pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of exercisability. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 1(f)(i) to the extent necessary to correct this paragraph or any portion of this paragraph which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation contained in this Section 1(f)(i) or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitation contained in this paragraph may not be waived and shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

(g) Reservation of Shares .

(i) Required Reserve Amount . So long as this Warrant remains outstanding, the Company shall at all times keep reserved for issuance under this Warrant a number of Ordinary Shares at least equal to 100% of the maximum number of Ordinary Shares as shall be necessary to satisfy the Company’s obligation to issue Ordinary Shares under the Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise) (the “ Required Reserve Amount ”); provided that at no time shall the number of Ordinary Shares reserved pursuant to this Section 1(g)(i) be reduced other than proportionally in connection with any exercise or redemption of Registered Warrants or such other event covered by Section 2(a) below. The Required Reserve Amount (including, without limitation, each increase in the number of shares so reserved) shall be allocated pro rata among the holders of the Registered Warrants based on number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of Registered Warrants held by each holder on the Closing Date (without regard to any limitations on exercise) or increase in the number of reserved shares, as the case may be (the “ Authorized Share Allocation ”).

(ii) Insufficient Authorized Shares . If, notwithstanding Section 1(g)(i) above, and not in limitation thereof, at any time while any portion of the Warrant remains outstanding, the Company does not have a sufficient number of authorized and unreserved Ordinary Shares to satisfy its obligation to reserve the Required Reserve Amount (an “ Authorized Share Failure ”), then the Company shall immediately take all action necessary to increase the Company’s authorized Ordinary Shares to an amount

6

sufficient to allow the Company to reserve the Required Reserve Amount for the portion of the Warrant then outstanding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, as soon as practicable after the date of the occurrence of an Authorized Share Failure, but in no event later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the occurrence of such Authorized Share Failure, the Company shall hold a meeting of its shareholders for the approval of an increase in the number of authorized Ordinary Shares. In connection with such meeting, the Company shall provide each shareholder with a proxy statement and shall use its best efforts to solicit its shareholders’ approval of such increase in authorized Ordinary Shares and to cause its board of directors to recommend to the shareholders that they approve such proposal, subject to all applicable fiduciary duties owed by such directors. In the event that the Company is prohibited from issuing Ordinary Shares upon an exercise of this Warrant due to the failure by the Company to have sufficient Ordinary Shares available out of the authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares (such unavailable number of Ordinary Shares, the “ Authorization Failure Shares ”), in lieu of delivering such Authorization Failure Shares to the Holder, the Company shall pay cash in exchange for the cancellation of such portion of this Warrant exercisable into such Authorization Failure Shares at a price equal to the sum of (i) the product of (x) such number of Authorization Failure Shares and (y) the greatest Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on any Trading Day during the period commencing on the date the Holder delivers the applicable Exercise Notice with respect to such Authorization Failure Shares to the Company and ending on the date of such issuance and payment under this Section 1(g); and (ii) to the extent the Holder purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) Ordinary Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of Authorization Failure Shares, any Buy-In Payment Amount, brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses, if any, of the Holder incurred in connection therewith. Nothing contained in this Section 1(g)(ii) shall limit any obligations of the Company under any provision of the Subscription Agreement.

2. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES . The Exercise Price and number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 2.

(a) Share Dividends and Splits . Without limiting any provision of Section 2(b), Section 3 or Section 4, if the Company, at any time on or after the Subscription Date, (i) pays a share dividend on one or more classes of its then outstanding Ordinary Shares or otherwise makes a distribution on any class of share capital that is payable in Ordinary Shares, (ii) subdivides (by any share split, share dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Ordinary Shares into a larger number of shares or (iii) combines (by combination, reverse share split or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, and any adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately

7

after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph occurs during the period that an Exercise Price is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Exercise Price shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.

(b) Adjustment Upon Issuance of Ordinary Shares . If and whenever on or after the Subscription Date, the Company issues or sells, or in accordance with this Section 2 is deemed to have issued or sold, any Ordinary Shares (including the issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company, but excluding any Excluded Securities issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold) for a consideration per share (the “ New Issuance Price ”) less than a price equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale (such Exercise Price then in effect is referred to herein as the “ Applicable Price ”) (the foregoing a “ Dilutive Issuance ”), then immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Exercise Price then in effect shall be reduced to an amount equal to the New Issuance Price. For all purposes of the foregoing (including, without limitation, determining the adjusted Exercise Price and the New Issuance Price under this Section 2(b)), the following shall be applicable:

(i) Issuance of Options . If the Company in any manner grants or sells any Options and the lowest price per share for which one Ordinary Share is at any time issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof is less than the Applicable Price, then such Ordinary Share shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the granting or sale of such Option for such price per share. For purposes of this Section 2(b)(i), the “lowest price per share for which one Ordinary Share is issuable upon the exercise of any such Options or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof” shall be equal to (1) the lower of (x) the sum of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one Ordinary Share upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof and (y) the lowest exercise price set forth in such Option for which one Ordinary Share is issuable upon the exercise of any such Options or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof minus (2) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Option (or any other Person) upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Option (or any other Person). Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Ordinary Shares or of such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options or otherwise pursuant to the terms of or upon the actual issuance of such Ordinary Shares upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

8

(ii) Issuance of Convertible Securities . If the Company in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the lowest price per share for which one Ordinary Share is at any time issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof is less than the Applicable Price, then such Ordinary Share shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this Section 2(b)(ii), the “lowest price per share for which one Ordinary Share is issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof” shall be equal to (1) the lower of (x) the sum of the lowest amounts of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to one Ordinary Share upon the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Security or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof and (y) the lowest conversion price set forth in such Convertible Security for which one Ordinary Share is issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof minus (2) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person) upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Security plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person). Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Ordinary Shares upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities or otherwise pursuant to the terms thereof, and if any such issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustment of this Warrant has been or is to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 2(b), except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issuance or sale.

(iii) Change in Option Price or Rate of Conversion . If the purchase or exercise price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue, conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares increases or decreases at any time (other than proportional changes in conversion or exercise prices, as applicable, in connection with an event referred to in Section 2(a)), the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such increase or decrease shall be adjusted to the Exercise Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities provided for such increased or decreased purchase price, additional consideration or increased or decreased conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. For purposes of this Section 2(b)(iii), if the terms of any Option or Convertible Security that was outstanding as of the Subscription Date are increased or decreased in the manner described in the immediately preceding sentence, then such Option or Convertible Security and the Ordinary Shares deemed issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of such increase or decrease. No adjustment pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be made if such adjustment would result in an increase of the Exercise Price then in effect.

9

(iv) Calculation of Consideration Received . If any Option and/or Convertible Security and/or Adjustment Right is issued in connection with the issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of any other securities of the Company (as determined by the Holder, the “ Primary Security ”, and such Option and/or Convertible Security and/or Adjustment Right, the “ Secondary Securities ”), together comprising one integrated transaction, (or one or more transactions if such issuances or sales or deemed issuances or sales of securities of the Company either (A) have at least one investor or purchaser in common, (B) are consummated in reasonable proximity to each other and/or (C) are consummated under the same plan of financing) the aggregate consideration per Ordinary Share with respect to such Primary Security shall be deemed to be equal to the difference of (x) the lowest price per share for which one Ordinary Share was issued (or was deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or 2(b)(ii) above, as applicable) in such integrated transaction solely with respect to such Primary Security, minus (y) with respect to such Secondary Securities, the sum of (I) the Option Value of each such Option, if any, (II) the fair market value (as determined by the Holder in good faith) or the Option Value, as applicable, of such Adjustment Right, if any, and (III) the fair market value (as determined by the Holder) of such Convertible Security, if any, in each case, as determined on a per share basis in accordance with this Section 2(b)(iv). If any Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor (for the purpose of determining the consideration paid for such Ordinary Shares, Option or Convertible Security, but not for the purpose of the calculation of the Option Value) will be deemed to be the net amount of consideration received by the Company therefor. If any Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of such consideration received by the Company (for the purpose of determining the consideration paid for such Ordinary Shares, Option or Convertible Security, but not for the purpose of the calculation of the Option Value) will be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of publicly traded securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company for such securities will be the arithmetic average of the VWAPs of such security for each of the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the date of receipt. If any Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities are issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Company is the surviving entity, the amount of consideration therefor (for the purpose of determining the consideration paid for such Ordinary Shares, Option or Convertible Security, but not for the purpose of the calculation of the Option Value) will be deemed to be the fair value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving entity as is attributable to such Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities (as the case may be). The fair value of any consideration other than cash or publicly traded securities will be determined jointly by the Company and the Holder. If such parties are unable to reach agreement within ten (10) days after the occurrence of an event requiring valuation (the “ Valuation Event ”), the fair value of such consideration will be determined within five (5) Trading Days after the tenth (10 ^th ) day following such Valuation Event by an independent, reputable appraiser jointly selected by the Company and the Holder. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon all parties absent manifest error and the fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the Company.

(v) Record Date . If the Company takes a record of the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Ordinary Shares, Options or in Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date will be deemed to be the date of the issuance or sale of the Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase (as the case may be).

10

(c) Number of Warrant Shares . Simultaneously with any adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to Sections 2(a), the number of Warrant Shares that may be purchased upon exercise of this Warrant shall be increased or decreased proportionately, so that after such adjustment the aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder for the adjusted number of Warrant Shares shall be the same as the aggregate Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment (without regard to any limitations on exercise contained herein).

(d) Other Events . In the event that the Company (or any Subsidiary (as defined in the Subscription Agreement)) shall take any action to which the provisions hereof are not strictly applicable, or, if applicable, would not operate to protect the Holder from dilution or if any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 2 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of share appreciation rights, phantom share rights or other rights with equity features but excluding the issuance of Excluded Securities), then the Company’s board of directors shall in good faith determine and implement an appropriate adjustment in the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares (if applicable) so as to protect the rights of the Holder, provided that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will increase the Exercise Price or decrease the number of Warrant Shares as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 2, provided further that if the Holder does not accept such adjustments as appropriately protecting its interests hereunder against such dilution, then the Company’s board of directors and the Holder shall agree, in good faith, upon an independent investment bank of nationally recognized standing to make such appropriate adjustments, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error and whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company.

(e) Calculations . All calculations under this Section 2 shall be made by rounding to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100 ^th of a share, as applicable. The number of Ordinary Shares outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares.

3. RIGHTS UPON DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 2 above, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Ordinary Shares, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, shares or other securities, property, options, evidence of indebtedness or any other assets by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “ Distribution ”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder

11

would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations or restrictions on exercise of this Warrant, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder and the other Attribution Parties exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the extent of the Maximum Percentage (and shall not be entitled to beneficial ownership of such Ordinary Shares as a result of such Distribution (and beneficial ownership) to the extent of any such excess) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time or times, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder and the other Attribution Parties exceeding the Maximum Percentage, at which time or times the Holder shall be granted such Distribution (and any Distributions declared or made on such initial Distribution or on any subsequent Distribution held similarly in abeyance) to the same extent as if there had been no such limitation).

4. PURCHASE RIGHTS; FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTIONS.

(a) Purchase Rights . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 2 above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Ordinary Shares (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations or restrictions on exercise of this Warrant, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights ( provided , however , that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder and the other Attribution Parties exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to the extent of the Maximum Percentage (and shall not be entitled to beneficial ownership of such Ordinary Shares as a result of such Purchase Right (and beneficial ownership) to the extent of any such excess) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time or times, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder and the other Attribution Parties exceeding the Maximum Percentage, at which time or times the Holder shall be granted such right (and any Purchase Right granted, issued or sold on such initial Purchase Right or on any subsequent Purchase Right held similarly in abeyance) to the same extent as if there had been no such limitation).

(b) Fundamental Transactions . The Company shall not enter into or be party to a Fundamental Transaction unless the Successor Entity assumes in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4(b) pursuant

12

to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder, including agreements to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant, including, without limitation, which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of share capital equivalent to the Ordinary Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of share capital (but taking into account the relative value of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of share capital, such adjustments to the number of shares of share capital and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the consummation of each Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein. Upon consummation of each Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall deliver to the Holder confirmation that there shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, in lieu of the Ordinary Shares (or other securities, cash, assets or other property (except such items still issuable under Sections 3 and 4(a) above, which shall continue to be receivable thereafter)) issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction, such shares of publicly traded common stock, ordinary shares or equivalent equity security of the Successor Entity (including its Parent Entity) which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of the applicable Fundamental Transaction had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant), as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limiting Section 1(f) hereof, the Holder may elect, at its sole option, by delivery of written notice to the Company to waive this Section 4(b) to permit the Fundamental Transaction without the assumption of this Warrant. In addition to and not in substitution for any other rights hereunder, prior to the consummation of each Fundamental Transaction pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive securities or other assets with respect to or in exchange for Ordinary Shares (a “ Corporate Event ”), the Company shall make appropriate provision to insure that the Holder will thereafter have the right to receive upon an exercise of this Warrant at any time after the consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction but prior to the Expiration Date, in lieu of the Ordinary Shares (or other securities, cash, assets or other property (except such items still issuable under Sections 3 and 4(a) above, which shall continue to be receivable thereafter)) issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant prior to such Fundamental Transaction, such shares, stock, securities, cash, assets or any other property whatsoever (including warrants or other purchase or subscription rights) (collectively, the “ Corporate Event Consideration ”, and such Corporate Event Consideration per each Ordinary Share, the “ Per Share Corporate Event Consideration ”) which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of the applicable Fundamental Transaction had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant). Provision made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder.

13

(c) Change of Control Provisions .

(i) Holder Optional Change of Control Provisions . Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Section 4(b) above, at the request of the Holder delivered at any time commencing on the earliest to occur of (A) the public disclosure of any Change of Control, (B) the consummation of any Change of Control and (C) the Holder first becoming aware of any Change of Control through the date that is ninety (90) days after the public disclosure of the consummation of such Change of Control by the Company pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC, the Company or the Successor Entity (as the case may be) shall exchange this Warrant for consideration equal to the Holder Black Scholes Value of such portion of this Warrant subject to exchange (collectively, the “ Aggregate Holder Black Scholes Value ”) in the form of, at the Company’s election (such election to pay in cash or by delivery of the Rights (as defined below), a “ Consideration Election ”), either (I) rights (with a beneficial ownership limitation in the form of Section 1(f) hereof, mutatis mutandis) (collectively, the “ Rights ”), convertible in whole, or in part, at any time, without the requirement to pay any additional consideration, at the option of the Holder, into such Corporate Event Consideration applicable to such Change of Control equal in value to the Aggregate Holder Black Scholes Value (as determined in accordance with Section 2(b)(iv) above, but with the aggregate number of Successor Shares (as defined below) issuable upon conversion of the Rights to be determined in increments of 10% of the portion of the Aggregate Holder Black Scholes Value attributable to such Successor Shares (the “ Successor Share Value Increment ”), with the aggregate number of Successor Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights with respect to the first Successor Share Value Increment determined based on 95% of the Closing Bid Price of the Successor Shares on the date the Rights are issued and on each of the nine (9) subsequent Trading Days, in each case, the aggregate number of additional Successor Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights shall be determined based upon a Successor Share Value Increment at 95% of the Closing Bid Price of the Successor Shares in effect for such corresponding Trading Day (such ten (10) Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the date the Rights are issued, the “ Rights Measuring Period ”), or (II) in cash, subject to the last sentence of this section; provided, that the Company shall not consummate a Change of Control if (x) the Corporate Event Consideration includes share capital or other equity interest (the “ Successor Shares ”) either in an entity that is not listed on an Eligible Market or an entity in which the daily share volume for the applicable Successor Shares for each of the twenty (20) Trading Days prior to the date of consummation of such Change of Control is less than the aggregate number of Successor Shares issuable to the Holder upon conversion in full of the applicable Rights (without regard to any limitations on conversion therein, assuming the exercise in full of the Rights on the date of issuance of the Rights and assuming the Closing Bid Price of the Successor Shares for each Trading Day in the Rights Measuring Period is the Closing Bid Price on the Trading Day ended immediately prior to the time of consummation of the Change of Control) and (y) the Company shall not have properly elected in accordance with this Section 4(c) to pay

14

the applicable Holder Black Scholes Value to the Holder in cash. The Company shall give the Holder written notice of each Consideration Election at least twenty (20) Trading Days prior to the time of consummation of such Change of Control. Payment of such amounts or delivery of the Rights, as applicable, shall be made by the Company (or at the Company’s direction) to the Holder on the later of (x) the second (2nd) Trading Day after the date of such request and (y) the date of consummation of such Change of Control (or, with respect to any Right, if applicable, such later time that holders of Ordinary Shares are initially entitled to receive Corporate Event Consideration with respect to the Ordinary Shares of such holder). Any Corporate Event Consideration included in the Right, if any, pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) is pari passu with the Corporate Event Consideration to be paid to holders of Ordinary Shares and the Company shall not permit a payment of any Corporate Event Consideration to the holders of Ordinary Shares without on or prior to such time delivering the Right to the Holder hereunder. The Company shall not include cash in any Corporate Event Consideration (whether payable to the holders of Ordinary Shares or pursuant to the Right, as applicable) or pursuant to clause (II) above, if the Senior Indebtedness or amounts thereunder are then outstanding, unless the Senior Indebtedness has first been satisfied (including, without limitation, by the Company’s election to repay or redeem such Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of a revolving credit facility, all commitments having been terminated or expired, and all letters of credit issued thereunder having expired or been terminated without any pending draw thereunder) or consents or waivers for such cash have been granted thereunder.

(ii) Company Optional Change of Control Redemption . Notwithstanding the foregoing and the provisions of Section 4(b) above, the Company shall have the right, with prior written notice delivered to the Holder, not more than twenty (20) Trading Days and not less than ten (10) Trading Days prior to the time of consummation of the Change of Control, to redeem all, but not less than all, of this Warrant at a price in cash equal to the Company Black Scholes Value for this Warrant. Payment of such amounts shall be made by the Company (or at the Company’s direction) to the Holder on the date of consummation of such Change of Control (the “ Redemption Date ”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time prior to the later of (x) the time such Company Black Sholes Value has been paid in full to the Holder in cash and (y) the Redemption Date, this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the Holder into Ordinary Shares pursuant to Section 1 and the Company Black Scholes Value to be paid on the Redemption Date shall be adjusted accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) if both the Company and the Holder elects to effect a redemption pursuant to this Section 4(c) the redemption pursuant to Section 4(c)(i) shall govern such Change of Control and (B) the Company may only elect to effect a redemption pursuant to this Section 4(c)(ii) if the Company Black Scholes Value is to be paid in cash.

(d) Application . The provisions of this Section 4 shall apply similarly and equally to successive Fundamental Transactions and Corporate Events and shall be applied as if this Warrant (and any such subsequent warrants) were fully exercisable and without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant (provided that the Holder shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of the Maximum Percentage, applied however with respect to shares of share capital registered under the 1934 Act and thereafter receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (or any such other warrant)).

15

5. NONCIRCUMVENTION . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Company will not, by amendment of its Memorandum and Articles of Association or other organizational documents or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Warrant and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (a) shall not increase the par value of any Ordinary Shares receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the Exercise Price then in effect and shall not effect a Dilutive Issuance that would result in the Exercise Price adjusting below the par value of the Ordinary Shares then in effect, and (b) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if after the sixty (60) calendar day anniversary of the Issuance Date, the Holder is not permitted to exercise this Warrant in full for any reason (other than pursuant to restrictions set forth in Section 1(f) hereof), the Company shall use its best efforts to promptly remedy such failure, including, without limitation, obtaining such consents or approvals as necessary to permit such exercise into Ordinary Shares.

6. WARRANT HOLDER NOT DEEMED A SHAREHOLDER . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of this Warrant, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of share capital of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, solely in its capacity as the Holder of this Warrant, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of shares, reclassification of shares, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Warrant Shares which it is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Warrant. In addition, nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company. Notwithstanding this Section 6, the Company shall provide the Holder with copies of the same notices and other information given to the shareholders of the Company generally, contemporaneously with the giving thereof to the shareholders; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide such notice or information if it is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission through EDGAR and available to the public through the EDGAR system.

7. REISSUANCE OF WARRANTS.

(a) Transfer of Warrant . If this Warrant is to be transferred, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company, whereupon the Company will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Holder a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)), registered as the Holder may request, representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares being

16

transferred by the Holder and, if less than the total number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant is being transferred, a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) to the Holder representing the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares not being transferred.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant (as to which a written certification and the indemnification contemplated below shall suffice as such evidence), and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary and reasonable form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing the right to purchase the Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant.

(c) Exchangeable for Multiple Warrants . This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for a new Warrant or Warrants (in accordance with Section 7(d)) representing in the aggregate the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant, and each such new Warrant will represent the right to purchase such portion of such Warrant Shares as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender; provided, however, no warrants for fractional Ordinary Shares shall be given.

(d) Issuance of New Warrants . Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, such new Warrant (i) shall be of like tenor with this Warrant, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant, the right to purchase the Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant (or in the case of a new Warrant being issued pursuant to Section 7(a) or Section 7(c), the Warrant Shares designated by the Holder which, when added to the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the other new Warrants issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the number of Warrant Shares then underlying this Warrant), (iii) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Warrant which is the same as the Issuance Date, and (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Warrant.

8. NOTICES . Whenever notice is required to be given under this Warrant, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 9(f) of Annex I to the Subscription Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice of all actions taken pursuant to this Warrant (other than the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon exercise in accordance with the terms hereof), including in reasonable detail a description of such action and the reason therefor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will give written notice to the Holder (i) immediately upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares, setting forth in reasonable detail, and certifying, the calculation of such adjustment(s), (ii) at least ten Trading Days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the Ordinary Shares, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property to holders of Ordinary Shares or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to

17

the Holder and (iii) at least ten (10) Trading Days prior to the consummation of any Fundamental Transaction. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the SEC (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries provides material non-public information to the Holder that is not simultaneously filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K and the Holder has not agreed to receive such material non-public information, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Holder shall not have any duty of confidentiality to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents with respect to, or a duty to any of the foregoing not to trade on the basis of, such material non-public information. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of execution specified by the Holder in each Exercise Notice shall be definitive and may not be disputed or challenged by the Company.

9. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant (other than Section 1(f)) may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holder. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

10. SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Warrant is prohibited by law or otherwise determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the provision that would otherwise be prohibited, invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed amended to apply to the broadest extent that it would be valid and enforceable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of this Warrant so long as this Warrant as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter hereof and the prohibited nature, invalidity or unenforceability of the provision(s) in question does not substantially impair the respective expectations or reciprocal obligations of the parties or the practical realization of the benefits that would otherwise be conferred upon the parties. The parties will endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the prohibited, invalid or unenforceable provision(s) with a valid provision(s), the effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited, invalid or unenforceable provision(s).

11. GOVERNING LAW . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Warrant shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. The Company hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to the Company at the address set forth in Section 7 of Annex I to the Subscription Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any

18

transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or operate to preclude the Holder from bringing suit or taking other legal action against the Company in any other jurisdiction to collect on the Company’s obligations to the Holder, to realize on any collateral or any other security for such obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court ruling in favor of the Holder. The Company hereby appoints CT Corporation System, with offices at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as its agent for service of process in the United States. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Warrant is a valid choice of law and would be recognized and given effect to in any action brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in the Republic of Ireland, except for those laws (i) which such court considers to be procedural in nature, (ii) which are revenue or penal laws or (iii) the application of which would be inconsistent with public policy, as such term is interpreted under the laws of the Republic of Ireland. The Company or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues does not have any right of immunity under Irish or New York law, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any New York or United States federal court or Irish court or governmental authority, from service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Warrant; and, to the extent that the Company, or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, the Company hereby waives such right to the extent permitted by law and hereby consents to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents.

12. CONSTRUCTION; HEADINGS . This Warrant shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and the Holder and shall not be construed against any Person as the drafter hereof. The headings of this Warrant are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Warrant. Terms used in this Warrant but defined in the other Transaction Documents shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms on the Closing Date (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) in such other Transaction Documents unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Holder.

19

13. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .

(a) Submission to Dispute Resolution .

(i) In the case of a dispute relating to the Exercise Price, the Closing Sale Price, Option Value, Company Black Scholes Value, Holder Black Scholes Value, or fair market value or the arithmetic calculation of the number of Warrant Shares (as the case may be) or the determination as to whether the primary purpose of a Dilutive Issuance was to raise capital (including, without limitation, a dispute relating to the determination of any of the foregoing), the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) shall submit the dispute to the other party via facsimile or email (A) if by the Company, within two (2) Business Days after the occurrence of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute or (B) if by the Holder, at any time after the Holder learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If the Holder and the Company are unable to promptly resolve such dispute relating to such Exercise Price, such Closing Sale Price, such Option Value, Company Black Scholes Value, Holder Black Scholes Value, or such fair market value or such arithmetic calculation of the number of Warrant Shares (as the case may be) or the determination as to whether the primary purpose of a Dilutive Issuance was to raise capital, at any time after the second (2nd) Business Day following such initial notice by the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) of such dispute to the Company or the Holder (as the case may be), then the Holder and the Company shall mutually agree upon, and select, an independent, reputable investment bank to resolve such dispute.

(ii) The Holder and the Company shall each deliver to such investment bank (A) a copy of the initial dispute submission so delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 13 and (B) written documentation supporting its position with respect to such dispute, in each case, no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) by the fifth (5 ^th ) Business Day immediately following the date on which the investment bank was selected by the parties hereto (the “ Dispute Submission Deadline ”) (the documents referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Required Dispute Documentation ”) (it being understood and agreed that if either the Holder or the Company fails to so deliver all of the Required Dispute Documentation by the Dispute Submission Deadline, then the party who fails to so submit all of the Required Dispute Documentation shall no longer be entitled to (and hereby waives its right to) deliver or submit any written documentation or other support to such investment bank with respect to such dispute and such investment bank shall resolve such dispute based solely on the Required Dispute Documentation that was delivered to such investment bank prior to the Dispute Submission Deadline). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by both the Company and the Holder or otherwise requested by such investment bank, neither the Company nor the Holder shall be entitled to deliver or submit any written documentation or other support to such investment bank in connection with such dispute (other than the Required Dispute Documentation).

(iii) The Company and the Holder shall cause such investment bank to determine the resolution of such dispute and notify the Company and the Holder of such resolution no later than ten (10) Business Days immediately following the Dispute Submission Deadline. The fees and expenses of such investment bank shall be borne solely by the Company, and such investment bank’s resolution of such dispute shall be final and binding upon all parties absent manifest error.

20

(b) Miscellaneous . The Company expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) this Section 13 constitutes an agreement to arbitrate between the Company and the Holder (and constitutes an arbitration agreement) under the rules then in effect under § 7501, et seq. of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules (“ CPLR ”) and that the Holder is authorized to apply for an order to compel arbitration pursuant to CPLR § 7503(a) in order to compel compliance with this Section 13, (ii) a dispute relating to the Exercise Price includes, without limitation, disputes as to (A) whether an issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares occurred under Section 2(b), (B) the consideration per share at which an issuance or deemed issuance of Ordinary Shares occurred, (C) whether any issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares was an issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Excluded Securities, (D) whether an agreement, instrument, security or the like constitutes and Ordinary Share Equivalents and (E) whether a Dilutive Issuance occurred, (iii) the terms of this Warrant and each other applicable Transaction Document shall serve as the basis for the selected investment bank’s resolution of the applicable dispute, such investment bank shall be entitled (and is hereby expressly authorized) to make all findings, determinations and the like that such investment bank determines are required to be made by such investment bank in connection with its resolution of such dispute (including, without limitation, determining (A) whether an issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares occurred under Section 2(b), (B) the consideration per share at which an issuance or deemed issuance of Ordinary Shares occurred, (C) whether any issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Ordinary Shares was an issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of Excluded Securities, (D) whether an agreement, instrument, security or the like constitutes and Ordinary Share Equivalent and (E) whether a Dilutive Issuance occurred) and in resolving such dispute such investment bank shall apply such findings, determinations and the like to the terms of this Warrant and any other applicable Transaction Documents, (iv) either the Company or the Holder shall have the right to submit any dispute described in this Section 13 to any state or federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan in lieu of utilizing the procedures set forth in this Section 13 and (v) nothing in this Section 13 shall limit the Holder from obtaining any injunctive relief or other equitable remedies (including, without limitation, with respect to any matters described in this Section 13).

14. REMEDIES, CHARACTERIZATION, OTHER OBLIGATIONS, BREACHES AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF . The remedies provided in this Warrant shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the right of the Holder to pursue actual and consequential damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Warrant. The Company covenants to the Holder that there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, exercises and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to specific performance and/or temporary, preliminary and permanent

21

injunctive or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages and without posting a bond or other security. The Company shall provide all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, compliance with Section 2 hereof). The issuance of shares and certificates for shares as contemplated hereby upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder or such shares for any issuance tax or other costs in respect thereof.

15. PAYMENT OF COLLECTION, ENFORCEMENT AND OTHER COSTS . If (a) this Warrant is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding or the holder otherwise takes action to collect amounts due under this Warrant or to enforce the provisions of this Warrant or (b) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of the company or other proceedings affecting company creditors’ rights and involving a claim under this Warrant, then the Company shall pay the costs incurred by the Holder for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

16. TRANSFER . This Warrant may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without the consent of the Company.

17. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS . For purposes of this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ 1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(b) “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(c) “ Adjustment Right ” means any right granted with respect to any securities issued in connection with, or with respect to, any issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale in accordance with Section 2) of Ordinary Shares (other than rights of the type described in Section 3 and 4 hereof) that could result in a decrease in the net consideration received by the Company in connection with, or with respect to, such securities (including, without limitation, any cash settlement rights, cash adjustment or other similar rights).

(d) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, it being understood for purposes of this definition that “control” of a Person means the power directly or indirectly either to vote 10% or more of the shares having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

(e) “ Approved Share Plan ” means any employee benefit plan which has been approved by the board of directors of the Company pursuant to which Ordinary Shares and standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares may be issued to any employee, officer or director for services provided to the Company in their capacity as such.

22

(f) “ Attribution Parties ” means, collectively, the following Persons and entities: (i) any investment vehicle, including, any funds, feeder funds or managed accounts, currently, or from time to time after the Issuance Date, directly or indirectly managed or advised by the Holder’s investment manager or any of its Affiliates or principals, (ii) any direct or indirect Affiliates of the Holder or any of the foregoing, (iii) any Person acting or who could be deemed to be acting as a Group together with the Holder or any of the foregoing and (iv) any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of the Company’s Ordinary Shares would or could be aggregated with the Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties for purposes of Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act. For clarity, the purpose of the foregoing is to subject collectively the Holder and all other Attribution Parties to the Maximum Percentage.

(g) “ Bloomberg ” means Bloomberg, L.P.

(h) “ Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

(i) “ Change of Control ” means any Fundamental Transaction other than (i) any merger of the Company or any of its, direct or indirect, wholly-owned Subsidiaries with or into any of the foregoing Persons, (ii) any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of the Ordinary Shares in which holders of the Company’s voting power immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification continue after such reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification to hold publicly traded securities and, directly or indirectly, are, in all material respects, the holders of the voting power of the surviving entity (or entities with the authority or voting power to elect the members of the board of directors (or their equivalent if other than a corporation) of such entity or entities) after such reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification, or (iii) pursuant to a migratory merger effected solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(j) “ Closing Bid Price ” and “ Closing Sale Price ” means, for any security as of any date, the last closing bid price and last closing trade price, respectively, for such security on the Principal Market, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the Principal Market begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing bid price or the closing trade price (as the case may be) then the last bid price or last trade price, respectively, of such security prior to 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the Principal Market is not the principal securities exchange or trading market for such security, the last closing bid price or last trade price, respectively, of such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg, or if the foregoing do not apply, the last closing bid price or last trade price, respectively, of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no closing bid price or last trade price, respectively, is reported for such security by Bloomberg, the average of the bid prices, or the ask prices, respectively, of any market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a

23

particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price (as the case may be) of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 13. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, share combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions during such period.

(k) “ Company Black Scholes Value ” means the value of the unexercised portion of this Warrant remaining on the applicable Redemption Date, which value is calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the greater of (1) the highest Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares during the period beginning on the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement of the applicable Change of Control (or the consummation of the applicable Change of Control, if earlier) and ending on such Redemption Date and (2) the sum of the price per share being offered in cash in the applicable Change of Control (if any) plus the value of the non-cash consideration being offered in the applicable Change of Control (if any), (ii) a strike price equal to the Exercise Price in effect on the Redemption Date, (iii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the greater of (1) the remaining term of this Warrant as of the Redemption Date and (2) the remaining term of this Warrant as of the Redemption Date, (iv) a zero cost of borrow and (v) an expected volatility equal to the 30 day volatility obtained from the “HVT” function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the earliest to occur of (A) the public disclosure of the applicable Change of Control, (B) the consummation of the applicable Change of Control and (C) the date on which the Holder first became aware of the applicable Change of Control.

(l) “ Convertible Securities ” means any shares or other security (other than Options) that is at any time and under any circumstances, directly or indirectly, convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for, or which otherwise entitles the holder thereof to acquire, any Ordinary Shares.

(m) “Credit Agreements ” means collectively (a) the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2016, by and among Weatherford Bermuda, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and (b) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 9, 2016, by and among the Company, Weatherford Bermuda, the other borrowers identified therein, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, in each case of (a) and (b), as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time.

(n) “ Eligible Market ” means the NYSE MKT, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or the Principal Market.

(o) “ Excluded Securities ” means (i) Ordinary Shares or standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares issued to directors, officers or employees of the Company for services rendered to the Company in their capacity as such pursuant to an Approved Share Plan (as

24

defined above), provided that the exercise price of any such options is not lowered, none of such options are amended to increase the number of shares issuable thereunder and none of the terms or conditions of any such options are otherwise materially changed in any manner that adversely affects the Holder; (ii) Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion or exercise of Convertible Securities (other than standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to an Approved Share Plan that are covered by clause (i) above) issued prior to the Subscription Date, provided that the conversion price of any such Convertible Securities (other than standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to an Approved Share Plan that are covered by clause (i) above) is not lowered, none of such Convertible Securities (other than standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to an Approved Share Plan that are covered by clause (i) above) are amended to increase the number of shares issuable thereunder and none of the terms or conditions of any such Convertible Securities (other than standard options to purchase Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to an Approved Share Plan that are covered by clause (i) above) are otherwise materially changed in any manner that adversely affects the Holder; (iii) the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Registered Warrants; provided that the terms of the Registered Warrant are not amended, modified or changed on or after the Subscription Date (other than antidilution adjustments pursuant to the terms thereof in effect as of the Subscription Date); (v) Ordinary Shares, Options and Convertible Securities issued pursuant to strategic mergers or acquisitions of other assets or businesses; provided that (x) the primary purpose of such issuance is not to raise capital, (y) the purchaser or acquirer of such Ordinary Shares in such issuance solely consists of either (1) the actual owners of such assets or securities acquired in such merger or acquisition or (2) the shareholders, partners or members of the foregoing Persons, and (z) the number or amount (as the case may be) of such Ordinary Shares issued to such Person by the Company shall not be disproportionate to such Person’s actual ownership of such assets or securities to be acquired by the Company (as applicable) and (vi) up to $27 million in gross proceeds from the Company’s sale of Ordinary Shares, Options and/or Convertible Securities, as applicable, issued to Persons in one or more non-strategic transactions by the Company after the Issuance Date.

(p) “ Expiration Date ” means the date that is the thirty month anniversary of the Issuance Date or, if such date falls on a day other than a Trading Day or on which trading does not take place on the Principal Market (a “ Holiday ”), the next date that is not a Holiday.

(q) “ Fundamental Transaction ” means (A) that the Company shall, directly or indirectly, including through subsidiaries, Affiliates or otherwise, in one or more related transactions, (i) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) another Subject Entity, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its “significant subsidiaries” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) to one or more Subject Entities, or (iii) make, or allow one or more Subject Entities to make, or allow the Company to be subject to or have its Ordinary Shares be subject to or party to one or more Subject Entities making, a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of at least either (x) 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, (y) 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares calculated as if any Ordinary Shares held by all Subject Entities making or party to, or Affiliated with any Subject Entities making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer were not outstanding; or (z) such number of Ordinary Shares such that all Subject Entities making or party to, or Affiliated

25

with any Subject Entity making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer, become collectively the beneficial owners (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of at least 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, or (iv) consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with one or more Subject Entities whereby all such Subject Entities, individually or in the aggregate, acquire, either (x) at least 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, (y) at least 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares calculated as if any Ordinary Shares held by all the Subject Entities making or party to, or Affiliated with any Subject Entity making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination were not outstanding; or (z) such number of Ordinary Shares such that the Subject Entities become collectively the beneficial owners (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of at least 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, or (v) reorganize, recapitalize or reclassify its Ordinary Shares, (B) that the Company shall, directly or indirectly, including through subsidiaries, Affiliates or otherwise, in one or more related transactions, allow any Subject Entity individually or the Subject Entities in the aggregate to be or become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, whether through acquisition, purchase, assignment, conveyance, tender, tender offer, exchange, reduction in outstanding Ordinary Shares, merger, consolidation, business combination, reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, scheme of arrangement, reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification or otherwise in any manner whatsoever, of either (x) at least 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, (y) at least 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares not held by all such Subject Entities as of the date of this Warrant calculated as if any Ordinary Shares held by all such Subject Entities were not outstanding, or (z) a percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or other equity securities of the Company sufficient to allow such Subject Entities to effect a statutory short form merger or other transaction requiring other shareholders of the Company to surrender their Ordinary Shares without approval of the shareholders of the Company or (C) directly or indirectly, including through subsidiaries, Affiliates or otherwise, in one or more related transactions, the issuance of or the entering into any other instrument or transaction structured in a manner to circumvent, or that circumvents, the intent of this definition in which case this definition shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this definition to the extent necessary to correct this definition or any portion of this definition which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended treatment of such instrument or transaction.

(r) “ Group ” means a “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and as defined in Rule 13d-5 thereunder.

(s) “ High Yield Indentures ” means (i) that certain Indenture, dated as of October 1, 2003, as amended and supplemented (the “ Base Indenture ”), among Weatherford International Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (“ Weatherford Bermuda ”), as issuer, the Company and Weatherford International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Weatherford Delaware ” and, together with the Company, the “ Guarantors ”), as guarantors, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as supplemented and amended by previous supplemental indentures and by the Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2016, among Weatherford Bermuda, the Guarantors and the Trustee and (ii) the Base Indenture

26

as supplemented and amended by previous supplemental indentures and by the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 18, 2016, among Weatherford Bermuda, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

(t) “ Holder Black Scholes Value ” means the value of the unexercised portion of this Warrant remaining on the date of the Holder’s request pursuant to Section 4(c), which value is calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the greater of (1) the highest Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares during the period beginning on the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement of the applicable Change of Control (or the consummation of the applicable Change of Control, if earlier) and ending on the Trading Day of the Holder’s request pursuant to Section 4(c) and (2) the sum of the price per share being offered in cash in the applicable Change of Control (if any) plus the value of the non-cash consideration being offered in the applicable Change of Control (if any), (ii) a strike price equal to the Exercise Price in effect on the date of the Holder’s request pursuant to Section 4(c), (iii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the greater of (1) the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of the Holder’s request pursuant to Section 4(c) and (2) the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of consummation of the applicable Change of Control or as of the date of the Holder’s request pursuant to Section 4(c) if such request is prior to the date of the consummation of the applicable Change of Control, (iv) a zero cost of borrow and (v) an expected volatility equal to the 30 day volatility obtained from the “HVT” function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the earliest to occur of (A) the public disclosure of the applicable Change of Control, (B) the consummation of the applicable Change of Control and (C) the date on which the Holder first became aware of the applicable Change of Control.

(u) “ Option Value ” means the value of the applicable Option, Convertible Security or Adjustment Right (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance thereof calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the public announcement of the execution of definitive documents with respect to the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be), (ii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of such Option, Convertible Security or Adjustment Right (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance of such Option, Convertible Security or Adjustment Right (as the case may be), (iii) a zero cost of borrow and (iv) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 70% and the 30 day volatility obtained from the “HVT” function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the date of issuance of such Option, Convertible Security or Adjustment Right (as the case may be).

(v) “ Options ” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

(w) “ Ordinary Shares ” means (i) the Company’s ordinary shares, $0.001 par value per share, and (ii) any share capital into which such ordinary shares shall have been changed or any share capital resulting from a reclassification of such ordinary shares.

27

(x) “ Parent Entity ” of a Person means an entity that, directly or indirectly, controls the applicable Person and whose common stock, ordinary shares or equivalent equity security is quoted or listed on an Eligible Market, or, if there is more than one such Person or Parent Entity, the Person or Parent Entity with the largest public market capitalization as of the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

(y) “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or a government or any department or agency thereof.

(z) “ Principal Market ” means The New York Stock Exchange.

(aa) “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or the successor thereto.

(bb) “ Senior Indebtedness ” means, collectively, the High-Yield Indentures and the Credit Agreements.

(cc) “ Subject Entity ” means any Person, Persons or Group or any Affiliate or associate of any such Person, Persons or Group.

(dd) “ Successor Entity ” means the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) formed by, resulting from or surviving any Fundamental Transaction or the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) with which such Fundamental Transaction shall have been entered into.

(ee) “ Trading Day ” means, as applicable, (x) with respect to all price or trading volume determinations relating to the Ordinary Shares, any day on which the Ordinary Shares is traded on the Principal Market, or, if the Principal Market is not the principal trading market for the Ordinary Shares, then on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Ordinary Shares is then traded, provided that “Trading Day” shall not include any day on which the Ordinary Shares is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Ordinary Shares is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time) unless such day is otherwise designated as a Trading Day in writing by the Holder or (y) with respect to all determinations other than price determinations relating to the Ordinary Shares, any day on which The New York Stock Exchange (or any successor thereto) is open for trading of securities.

(ff) “ VWAP ” means, for any security as of any date, the dollar volume-weighted average price for such security on the Principal Market (or, if the Principal Market is not the principal trading market for such security, then on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which such security is then traded) during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg through its “HP” function (set to weighted average) or, if the foregoing does not apply, the dollar volume-weighted average price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin

28

board for such security during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no dollar volume-weighted average price is reported for such security by Bloomberg for such hours, the average of the highest closing bid price and the lowest closing ask price of any of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If the VWAP cannot be calculated for such security on such date on any of the foregoing bases, the VWAP of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 13. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any share dividend, share split, share combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction during such period.

[ signature page follows ]

29

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares to be duly executed as of the Issuance Date set out above.

EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE NOTICE

TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER TO EXERCISE THIS

WARRANT TO PURCHASE ORDINARY SHARES

WEATHERFORD INTERNATIONAL PLC

The undersigned holder (the “ Holder ”) hereby elects to exercise the Warrant to Purchase Ordinary Shares No.              (the “ Warrant ”) of Weatherford International plc, an Irish public limited company (the “ Company ”) as specified below. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

1. Form of Exercise Price . The Holder intends that payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made as:

In the event that the Holder has elected a Cashless Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the Holder hereby represents and warrants that this Exercise Notice was executed by the Holder at              [a.m.][p.m.] on the date set forth below.

2. Payment of Exercise Price . In the event that the Holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the Holder hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay the Aggregate Exercise Price in the sum of $             to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

3. Delivery of Warrant Shares . The Company shall deliver to Holder, or its designee or agent as specified below,              Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant. Delivery shall be made to Holder, or for its benefit, as follows:

☐ Check here if requesting delivery as a certificate to the following name and to the following address:

☐ Check here if requesting delivery by Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian as follows: